WO2023185402A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023185402A1
WO2023185402A1 PCT/CN2023/080131 CN2023080131W WO2023185402A1 WO 2023185402 A1 WO2023185402 A1 WO 2023185402A1 CN 2023080131 W CN2023080131 W CN 2023080131W WO 2023185402 A1 WO2023185402 A1 WO 2023185402A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
per
service
network element
frame
qos flow
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/080131
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
孙海洋
李岩
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023185402A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023185402A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/04Error control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/24Negotiating SLA [Service Level Agreement]; Negotiating QoS [Quality of Service]

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • New radio is gradually incorporating some multimedia services with strong real-time performance and large data capacity requirements. For example, extended reality (XR), tactile Internet, etc.
  • XR extended reality
  • QoS quality of service
  • the access network equipment does not perceive the correspondence between the data packets and frames of these services, the subsequently rendered data often does not correspond to the frames, resulting in frame loss, frame skipping, or frame lag, or inconsistency between the picture and audio, etc. situation, affecting the QoS quality of the business.
  • the current solution is to add the corresponding relationship between frames and data packets in the data packet to alleviate the situation of frame loss, frame jump, or frame lag, or inconsistency between the picture and audio, etc., and ensure the QoS quality of the business .
  • this method requires the access network device to identify the header information corresponding to each data packet, which is very expensive.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device to ensure QoS quality of services through lower overhead.
  • the first aspect is to provide a communication method.
  • the method includes: the policy control network element obtains the packet error rate PER corresponding to the service, and sends the PER to the session management network element.
  • PER is used by terminals or access network equipment to process service data packets based on PER.
  • the terminal or access network device by configuring the terminal or access network device with a PER corresponding to the service, such as a PER that meets the frame loss rate limit of the service, the terminal or access network device can directly process the frame loss based on the PER.
  • a PER corresponding to the service such as a PER that meets the frame loss rate limit of the service
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the policy control network element can instruct the terminal or access network equipment which value of PER to use, without the terminal or access network equipment needing to determine or adjust the PER, so as to reduce equipment overhead and improve operating efficiency.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, and the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%.
  • the number of data packets in the service frame (such as one frame) is B
  • the specified value of PER is C
  • the value of A is greater than
  • B is a positive integer.
  • a PER of A% is a relatively loose packet loss rate condition
  • a PER of A/B% is a relatively strict packet loss rate condition.
  • Each of the two constitutes a range, such as [A/B%, A%] , so that the PCF network element can select a suitable PER within this range to take into account equipment overhead and business requirements.
  • the policy control network element obtains the PER corresponding to the service, including: the policy control network element receives the PER of the service from the application function, so as to reduce the overhead of the policy control network element and improve operating efficiency.
  • the PER It is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. This PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit when the terminal or access network equipment processes the data packets of the service.
  • determining the PER according to the frame loss rate limit may be determining the frame loss rate limit as the PER.
  • the frame loss rate is limited to A%, and the PER is also A%, which is used to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service under specific circumstances (such as packet loss within the same frame).
  • the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the service frame.
  • the policy control network element determines the quotient between the frame loss rate limit of the service and the number of data packets in the frame of the service, and determines the quotient value as PER, which is used to detect packet loss in any frame under any circumstances (such as packet loss in any frame). ) meets the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the policy control network element obtains the PER corresponding to the service, including: the policy control network element receives the frame loss rate limit information of the service from the application function, and determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. That is to say, the application function can only provide service information, and the policy control network element determines the PER on its own, so as to reduce the overhead of the application function and improve operating efficiency. Among them, the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or the access network device processes the data packet of the service.
  • the method described in the first aspect may further include: the policy control network element receives frame characteristic information of the service from the application function, and determines the number of data packets in the frame of the service based on the frame characteristic information.
  • the policy control network element determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information, including: the policy control network element determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information and the number of data packets in the service frame.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame period and data packet period can be used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service (recorded as the number of data packets in the frame).
  • the policy control network element can select parameters that it can recognize to determine the number of data packets in the frame, to avoid being unable to determine the number of data packets in the frame because the policy control network element does not support some of the above parameters, so as to ensure the reliability of the solution. sex. Moreover, in this case, determining the PER based on the number of data packets in the frame can also ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit under any circumstances.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: burst arrival time BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service.
  • the terminal or access network equipment can determine the data packets belonging to the same frame based on the frame characteristic information, thereby achieving a more accurate calculation of the packet loss rate of the service at the frame granularity.
  • the terminal or access network device determines how long after the first data packet arrives, all arriving data packets are data packets in the same frame.
  • the time information may be used to indicate the time of the frame of the service (denoted as frame time).
  • the terminal or access network equipment can also use different PERs at different times based on time information to take into account equipment overhead and business needs. For example, for non-key frames of the business within certain periods of time, the PER determined based on the frame loss rate limit information can be used to save overhead; for the key frames of the business within certain periods of time, the PER can be used based on the number of data packets in the frame. Determine the PER to avoid key frame loss and ensure business requirements.
  • PER is carried in the policy and charging control PCC rules to achieve cell reuse and improve communication efficiency.
  • the method described in the first aspect may further include: the policy control network element sends the execution condition of the PER to the session management network element.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within the specified time of the business, the PER is The specified value, or the specified value of PER in the case of packet loss or frame loss, so that the terminal or access network equipment can select appropriate execution conditions in the corresponding situation to take into account equipment overhead and business needs.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged. For example, when the terminal or access network device calculates packet loss at frame granularity, if the terminal or access network device determines that packet loss occurs within the same frame, the specified value of PER can be kept unchanged according to execution condition #3. Change.
  • the execution conditions of PER are carried in PCC rules to realize cell multiplexing and improve communication efficiency.
  • the second aspect is to provide a communication method.
  • the method includes: the session management network element receives the packet error rate PER corresponding to the service from the policy control network element, and sends the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal and/or the access network device.
  • the corresponding relationship is used for the access network device or terminal to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
  • PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. This PER is used to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network equipment processes the data packets of the service.
  • PER can be determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service and the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the session management network element receives the PER corresponding to the service from the policy control network element, including: the session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries the PER.
  • the method described in the second aspect may also include: the session management network element maps the PCC rules to the QoS flow, so as to ensure the QoS quality of the service with the QoS flow as a granularity.
  • the session management network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow, including: the session management network element determines that the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the existing QoS flow parameter, and maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow parameter corresponding to QoS flows to reuse existing QoS flows and reduce overhead.
  • the session management network element determines that the PER is different from the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters, creates a QoS flow, and maps the PCC rule to the created QoS flow to prevent the PCC rule from affecting the existing QoS flow.
  • the method described in the second aspect may also include: the session management network element receives a self-policy
  • the execution condition of the PER of the network element is slightly controlled, and the execution condition of the PER is sent to the terminal or access network device.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the execution conditions for the session management network element to receive the PER from the policy control network element include: the session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries the execution condition for the PER.
  • the third aspect is to provide a communication method.
  • the method includes: receiving a correspondence between a PER and a QoS flow from a session management network element, and processing data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • the PER corresponds to the business.
  • processing the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER includes: determining the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER, and sending the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration. To ensure that the frame loss rate of this service meets the frame loss rate limit.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
  • PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network device processes the data packet of the service.
  • the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the method described in the third aspect may further include: receiving frame characteristic information of the service, and determining, based on the frame characteristic information, data packets in the same frame belonging to the service.
  • processing the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER includes: processing the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER in a manner of discarding data packets in the same frame to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the loss requirement. Frame rate limit.
  • the method described in the third aspect may further include: receiving execution conditions of the PER from the session management network element.
  • the execution condition of PER can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the method described in the third aspect may also include: adjusting the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjusting the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resource corresponding to the QoS flow according to the specified value after adjustment of PER.
  • After adjusting the link resources send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service always meets the frame loss rate limit.
  • the fourth aspect is to provide a communication method.
  • the method includes: the session management network element receives service-related information from the policy control network element, and sends the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the access network device.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit.
  • the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER.
  • the PER is used for the terminal or interface.
  • the network access device processes service data packets based on the PER.
  • the access network device can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the service-related information, such as the PER that satisfies the frame loss rate limit of the service. .
  • the access network equipment can directly process the data packets of the service based on the PER without identifying the corresponding header information of the data packets, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service and ensuring the QoS quality of the service through lower overhead.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the session management network element receives service-related information from the policy control network element, including: the session management network element receives PCC rules from the policy control network element, and the PCC rules carry service-related information.
  • the method described in the fourth aspect may further include: the session management network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
  • the session management network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow, including: the session management network element determines that the service information in the PCC rule is the same as the service information in the existing QoS flow parameter, and maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow parameter. The corresponding QoS flow; or, the session management network element determines that the service information in the PCC rule is different from the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, creates a QoS flow, and maps the PCC rule to the created QoS flow.
  • the method described in the fourth aspect may also include: the session management network element sending the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service and the QoS flow to the terminal, so that the terminal can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the corresponding relationship, thereby The data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow are processed directly based on the PER without identifying the header information corresponding to each data packet, so as to ensure the frame loss rate of the service and the QoS quality of the service through lower overhead.
  • the fifth aspect provides a communication method.
  • the method includes: the access network device receives the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service from the session management network element and the QoS flow, and determines the PER according to the relevant information of the service, so as to process according to the PER. Process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit, and the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the access network device processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, including: the access network device determines the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and based on the link configuration, Send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the method described in the fifth aspect may further include: the access network device determines the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service according to the frame characteristic information of the service.
  • the access network device processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER, including: the access network device processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and discards the data packet in the same frame.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value of PER is C, and the value of A Greater than 0, B is a positive integer.
  • the access network device determines the PER corresponding to the QoS flow based on service-related information, including: the access network device determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. Alternatively, the access network device determines the PER based on the number of data packets and frame loss rate limit information.
  • the method described in the fifth aspect may also include: the access network device sending the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal, that is, the access network device directly configures the PER of the QoS flow granularity for the terminal. , to reduce terminal overhead and improve battery life.
  • the corresponding relationship is used for the terminal to process data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • the method described in the fifth aspect may further include: the access network device determines the execution condition of the PER based on the relevant information of the service.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the method described in the fifth aspect may further include: the access network device adjusts the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjusts the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER. , thereby sending the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted link resource.
  • the method described in the fifth aspect may also include: the access network device sending the execution condition of the PER to the terminal, that is, configuring the execution condition for the terminal through the access network device, so as to reduce terminal overhead and improve battery life.
  • the sixth aspect is to provide a communication method.
  • the method includes: the terminal receives the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow from the access network device, or receives the corresponding relationship between the service related information and the QoS flow from the session management network element, so as to process the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER. data pack.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit.
  • the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the PER is determined based on the relevant information of the service.
  • the terminal processes data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, including: the terminal determines the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and sends data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration. Bag.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the method described in the sixth aspect may further include: the terminal determines the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service according to the frame characteristic information of the service.
  • the terminal processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER, including: the terminal processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and discards the data packets in the same frame.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
  • the method described in the sixth aspect may further include: the terminal determines the PER according to the frame loss rate limit information. Alternatively, the terminal determines the PER based on the number of data packets and frame loss rate limit information.
  • the method described in the sixth aspect may further include: the terminal receiving the execution condition of the PER from the access network device.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the method described in the sixth aspect may also include: adjusting the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjusting the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resource corresponding to the QoS flow according to the specified value after adjustment of PER. After adjusting the link resources, send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • adjusting the link resources send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the seventh aspect provides a communication method.
  • the method includes: the policy control network element receives service-related information from the application function, and sends the service-related information to the session management network element.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate.
  • Frame rate limit, frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER, and the PER is used by the terminal or access network equipment to process the data packets of the service based on the PER.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the policy control network element sends service-related information to the session management network element, including: the policy control network element sends PCC rules to the session management network element, where the PCC rules carry service-related information.
  • a communication device includes: modules for executing the method described in the first aspect, such as a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module is used to obtain the PER corresponding to the service; the transceiving module is used to send the PER to the session management network element.
  • PER is used by terminals or access network equipment to process service data packets based on PER.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%.
  • the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%
  • the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B
  • the specified value of PER is C
  • the value of A is greater than 0
  • B is a positive integer.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive PER from the application function.
  • the PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. This PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit when the terminal or access network equipment processes the data packets of the service.
  • the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive the frame loss rate limit information from the application function service; the processing module is also used to determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information.
  • the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or the access network device processes the data packet of the service.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive the frame characteristic information of the service from the application function; the processing module is also used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service based on the frame characteristic information, and determine the frame loss rate limit of the service The number of data packets within a frame of information and services determines the PER.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service.
  • the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • PER is determined based on frame loss rate limit information.
  • PER is determined based on packet number and frame loss rate limit information.
  • PER is carried in the PCC rules.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send PER execution conditions to the session management network element.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution conditions of PER include at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to implement the sending function of the communication device described in the eighth aspect
  • the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can execute the communication method described in the first aspect.
  • the communication device described in the eighth aspect may be a network device, such as a policy control network element, or may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be disposed in the network device, or may include a network device. device, this application does not limit this.
  • a communication device includes: modules for performing the method described in the second aspect, such as a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to receive the packet error rate PER corresponding to the service from the policy control network element; the sending module is used to send the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal and/or access network equipment.
  • the corresponding relationship is used for the access network device or terminal to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
  • PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network device processes the data packet of the service.
  • the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element, and the PCC rules carry PER.
  • the device described in the ninth aspect may further include: a processing module.
  • This processing module is used to map PCC rules to QoS flows.
  • the processing module is also used to determine that the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the existing QoS flow parameter, and map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter.
  • the processing module is also used to determine that the PER in the PCC rule is different from the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters, create a QoS flow, and map the PCC rule to the created QoS flow.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive the execution conditions of the PER from the policy control network element;
  • the sending module is also used to send the execution conditions of PER to the terminal or access network equipment.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element.
  • the PCC rules carry the execution conditions of the PER.
  • the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into a transceiving module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device described in the ninth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can execute the communication method described in the second aspect.
  • the communication device described in the ninth aspect may be a network device, such as a session management network element, or may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be disposed in the network device, or may include a network device. device, this application does not limit this.
  • a communication device includes: modules for performing the method described in the third aspect, such as a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the session management network element.
  • the PER corresponds to the business.
  • the processing module is used to process data packets of QoS flow corresponding services based on PER.
  • the processing module is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
  • PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network device processes the data packet of the service.
  • the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to receive the frame characteristic information of the service; the processing module is also configured to determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information.
  • the processing module is also used according to PER, and in The method of discarding data packets within the same frame processes the data corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive the execution conditions of the PER from the session management network element.
  • the execution condition of PER can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the processing module is also used to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources according to the adjusted link.
  • Resources control the transceiver module to send data packets corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to implement the sending function of the communication device described in the tenth aspect
  • the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device described in the tenth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the third aspect.
  • the communication device described in the tenth aspect may be a terminal or network equipment, such as a UE or RAN equipment, or it may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be disposed in the terminal or network equipment, or it may be It is a device including a terminal or network equipment, which is not limited in this application.
  • a communication device includes: modules for performing the method described in the fourth aspect, such as a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to receive relevant information about services from the policy control network element.
  • the sending module is used to send service-related information to the access network device, as well as the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit.
  • the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER.
  • the PER is used for the terminal or interface.
  • the network access device processes service data packets based on the PER.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element.
  • the PCC rules carry business-related information.
  • the device described in the eleventh aspect may further include: a processing module.
  • This processing module is used to convert the PCC regulations into is mapped to the QoS flow.
  • the processing module is also used to determine that the service information in the PCC rule is the same as the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, and map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter; or, the processing module is also used In order to determine that the service information in the PCC rule is different from the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, a QoS flow is created, and the PCC rule is mapped to the created QoS flow.
  • the sending module is also used to send the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the terminal.
  • the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into a transceiving module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device described in the eleventh aspect may be a network device, such as a session management network element, or may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be installed in the network device, or may include a network device.
  • the device of the equipment is not limited in this application.
  • a communication device in a twelfth aspect, includes: modules for performing the method described in the fifth aspect, such as a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service from the session management network element and the QoS flow; the processing module is used to determine the PER according to the relevant information of the service, so as to process the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER. of data packets.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit, and the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the processing module is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the processing module is also configured to determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information of the service. And, the processing module is also used to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value of PER is C, and the value of A Greater than 0, B is a positive integer.
  • the processing module is also used to determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information.
  • the processing module is also used to determine the PER based on the number of data packets and frame loss rate limit information.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows to the terminal.
  • the corresponding relationship is used for the terminal to process data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • the processing module is also used to determine the execution conditions of PER based on business-related information.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the processing module is also used to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources according to the adjusted link.
  • Resources control the transceiver module to send data packets corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • transceiver module is also used to send the execution conditions of PER to the terminal.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect
  • the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device described in the twelfth aspect may be a network device, such as an access network device, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the network device, or may include a network device.
  • the device of the equipment is not limited in this application.
  • a communication device in a thirteenth aspect, includes: modules for performing the method described in the sixth aspect, such as a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the access network device, or the correspondence between the service-related information from the session management network element and the QoS flow; the processing module is used to process according to the PER Send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit.
  • the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the PER is determined based on the relevant information of the service.
  • the processing module is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the processing module is also used to determine the number of data in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information of the service. According to the package. And, the processing module is also used to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
  • the processing module is also used to determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information.
  • the processing module is also used to determine the PER based on the number of data packets and frame loss rate limit information.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive PER execution conditions from the access network device.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the processing module is also used to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources according to the adjusted link.
  • Resources control the transceiver module to send data packets corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to implement the sending function of the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect
  • the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect may be a terminal, such as a terminal, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the terminal, or a device including a terminal. This application There is no restriction on this.
  • a communication device includes: modules for performing the method described in the seventh aspect, such as a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to receive service-related information from the application function; the sending module is used to send service-related information to the session management network element.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit, and the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER, and the PER is used by the terminal or access network equipment to process the data packets of the service based on the PER.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used in the indication industry The arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the sending module is also used to send PCC rules to the session management network element, where the PCC rules carry business-related information.
  • the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into a transceiving module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect.
  • the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect may further include a processing module, which is used to implement the processing function of the communication device.
  • the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the seventh aspect.
  • the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect may be a network device, such as a PCF network element, or may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be installed in the network device, or may include a network device. device, this application does not limit this.
  • a communication device in a fifteenth aspect, includes: a processor configured to execute the communication method described in any one of the first to seventh aspects.
  • the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect may further include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
  • the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect may further include a memory.
  • This memory can be integrated with the processor or provided separately.
  • the memory may be used to store computer programs and/or data involved in the communication method described in any one of the first to seventh aspects.
  • the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect may be a terminal or a network device, or a chip (system) or other component or component that may be disposed in the terminal or network device, or a device including the terminal or network device. device.
  • a communication device in a sixteenth aspect, includes: a processor coupled to a memory, and the processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in any one of the first to seventh aspects.
  • the communication device described in the sixteenth aspect may further include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the sixteenth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
  • the communication device described in the sixteenth aspect may be a terminal or a network device, or a chip (system) or other component or component that may be disposed in the terminal or network device, or a device including the terminal or network device. device.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store a computer program, and when the processor executes the computer program, the communication device executes the first to seventh aspects medium term The communication method described in one aspect.
  • the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect may further include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
  • the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect may be a terminal or a network device, or a chip (system) or other component or component that may be disposed in the terminal or network device, or a device including the terminal or network device. device.
  • a communication device including: a processor.
  • the processor is configured to be coupled to the memory, and after reading the computer program in the memory, execute the communication method as described in any one of the first to seventh aspects according to the computer program.
  • the communication device described in the eighteenth aspect may further include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the eighteenth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
  • the communication device described in the eighteenth aspect may be a terminal or a network device, or a chip (system) or other component or component that may be disposed in the terminal or network device, or a device including the terminal or network device. device.
  • a communication system in a nineteenth aspect, includes: one or more terminals described in the above first to seventh aspects, and one or more network devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including: a computer program or instructions; when the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute any one of the first to seventh aspects. communication method.
  • a computer program product including: a computer program or an instruction, which when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the steps described in the first to seventh aspects. Communication methods.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the non-roaming architecture of 5GS
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a data connection session
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the QoS flow architecture
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram 2 of the QoS flow architecture
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of the interoperability between the TSN system and 5GS;
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of downlink transmission
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the 5GS architecture for TSC services in non-TSN scenarios.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the correspondence between data packets and frames
  • Figure 11 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flowchart 1 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic flowchart 2 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic flowchart three of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic flowchart 4 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic flow chart 5 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic flow chart 6 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic third structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5G system 5G system, 5GS
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the non-roaming architecture of 5GS.
  • 5GS includes: access network (AN) and core network (core network, CN), and can also include: terminals.
  • the above-mentioned terminal may be a terminal with a transceiver function, or a chip or chip system that can be installed on the terminal.
  • the terminal can also be called user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), user station, mobile station (MS), mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, User terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS subscriber unit
  • MS mobile station
  • remote station remote terminal
  • mobile device User terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), cellular phone (cellular phone), smart phone (smart phone), tablet computer (Pad), wireless data card, personal digital assistant computer (personal digital assistant, PDA) ), wireless modems, handheld devices, laptop computers, machine type communication (MTC) terminals, computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (VR) Terminals, augmented reality (AR) terminals, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, smart grids Wireless terminals in grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, vehicle-mounted terminals, roadside units with terminal functions (road side unit, RSU) etc.
  • the terminal of this application may also be a vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip, or vehicle-mounted unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units.
  • the above-mentioned AN is used to implement access-related functions. It can provide network access functions for authorized users in specific areas, and can determine transmission links of different qualities to transmit user data according to user levels, business needs, etc.
  • the AN forwards control signals and user data between the terminal and the CN.
  • AN may include: access network equipment, which may also be called radio access network equipment (radio access network, RAN) equipment.
  • RAN radio access network equipment
  • CN is mainly responsible for maintaining mobile network subscription data and providing terminals with functions such as session management, mobility management, policy management, and security authentication.
  • CN mainly includes the following network elements: user plane function (UPF) network element, authentication server function (AUSF) network element, access and mobility management function (AMF) network element Element, session management function (SMF) network element, network slice selection function (NSSF) network element, network exposure function (NEF) network element, network function repository function (NF repository) function (NRF) network element, policy control function (PCF) network element, unified data management (UDM) network element, unified data repository (UDR), and application function (application function) , AF).
  • UPF user plane function
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • NSSF network slice selection function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NEF network function
  • the UE accesses the 5G network through the RAN device, and the UE communicates with the AMF network element through the N1 interface (referred to as N1); the RAN network element communicates with the AMF network element through the N2 interface (referred to as N2); The RAN network element communicates with the UPF network element through the N3 interface (referred to as N3); the SMF communicates with the UPF network element through the N4 interface (referred to as N4), and the UPF network element accesses the data network (DN) through the N6 interface (referred to as N6).
  • N1 interface referred to as N1
  • the RAN network element communicates with the AMF network element through the N2 interface (referred to as N2)
  • the RAN network element communicates with the UPF network element through the N3 interface (referred to as N3)
  • the SMF communicates with the UPF network element through the N4 interface (referred to as N4)
  • the UPF network element accesses the data network (DN) through the N6 interface (referred to as N6)
  • Control plane functions use service-based interfaces for interaction.
  • the external service interface provided by the AUSF network element is Nausf; the external service interface provided by the AMF network element is Namf; the external service interface provided by the SMF network element is Nsmf; the external service interface provided by the NSSF is Nnssf; the NEF network
  • the external service interface provided by the NRF network element is Nnef; the external service interface provided by the NRF network element is Nnrf; the external service interface provided by the PCF network element is Npcf; the external service interface provided by the UDM network element is Nudm; the external service interface provided by the UDR network element is Nudm;
  • the service-oriented interface provided is Nudr; the service-oriented interface provided by AF to the outside world is Naf.
  • network elements such as NSSF network element, AUSF network element, UDM network element, UE, RAN network element, PCF network element, and SMF network element can also communicate with AMF network elements.
  • AUSF network elements can also communicate with UDM network elements, and UDM can also communicate with SMF network elements.
  • SMF network elements can also communicate with UPF network elements and PCF network elements.
  • PCF network elements can also communicate with AF and NEF network elements.
  • NEF network elements can also communicate with AF.
  • UPF network elements can communicate with RAN equipment and DN.
  • "Nxx" between two network elements indicates the interface between the two network elements.
  • N22 represents the interface between NSSF network element and AMF network element
  • N12 represents the interface between AUSF network element and AMF network element
  • N8 represents the interface between UDM network element and AMF network element. We will not list them one by one here. List etc.
  • RAN equipment may be equipment that provides access to terminals.
  • RAN equipment may include: next-generation mobile communication systems, such as 6G access network equipment, such as 6G base stations, or in the next-generation mobile communication system, the network equipment may also have other naming methods, which are all covered by this application Within the protection scope of the embodiments, this application does not impose any limitations on this.
  • the RAN equipment may also include 5G, such as gNB in the new radio (NR) system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in 5G, or may also be composed of gNB, transmission point (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point, TP) or transmission measurement function (TMF) network node, such as baseband unit (building base band unit, BBU), or centralized unit (centralized unit (CU) or distributed unit (DU), RSU with base station function, or wired access gateway, or 5G core network element.
  • 5G such as gNB in the new radio (NR) system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in 5G, or may also be composed of gNB, transmission point (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point, TP) or transmission measurement function (TMF) network node, such as baseband unit (building base band unit, BBU), or centralized unit (centralized unit (CU) or distributed unit (DU), RSU with base station function, or
  • RAN equipment can also include access points (APs) in wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also (called small stations), relay stations, access points, wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices, etc.
  • APs access points
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • wireless relay nodes wireless backhaul nodes
  • various forms of macro base stations such as, but not limited to, WiFi
  • micro base stations also (called small stations)
  • relay stations such as access points, wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices, etc.
  • the UPF network element is mainly responsible for user data processing (forwarding, receiving, accounting, etc.).
  • the UPF network element can receive user data from the data network (DN) and forward the user data to the terminal through the access network device.
  • the UPF network element can also receive user data from the terminal through the access network equipment and forward the user data to the DN.
  • DN network element refers to the operator network that provides data transmission services to users. For example, Internet protocol (IP), multimedia service (IP multi-media service, IMS), Internet, etc.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • multimedia service IP multi-media service
  • IMS Internet multi-media service
  • the DN can be an operator's external network or a network controlled by the operator, used to provide business services to terminal devices.
  • the AUSF network element is mainly used to perform terminal security authentication.
  • AMF network elements are mainly used for mobility management in mobile networks. For example, user location update, user registration network, user switching, etc.
  • SMF network elements are mainly used for session management in mobile networks. For example, session establishment, modification, and release. Specific functions include assigning Internet Protocol (IP) addresses to users, selecting UPF network elements that provide data packet forwarding functions, etc.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the PCF network element mainly supports providing a unified policy framework to control network behavior, provides policy rules to the control layer network functions, and is also responsible for obtaining user subscription information related to policy decisions.
  • PCF network elements can provide policies to AMF network elements and SMF network elements, such as quality of service (QoS) policies, slice selection policies, etc.
  • QoS quality of service
  • NSSF network elements are mainly used to select network slices for terminals.
  • NEF network elements are mainly used to support the opening of capabilities and events.
  • UDM network elements are mainly used to store user data, such as contract data, authentication/authorization data, etc.
  • UDR network elements are mainly used to store structured data.
  • the stored content includes contract data and policy data, externally exposed structured data and application-related data.
  • AF mainly supports interaction with CN to provide services, such as affecting data routing decisions, policy control functions, or providing some third-party services to the network side.
  • FIG 2 is a schematic diagram of the 5GS roaming architecture, such as the 5G network in the local breakout (LBO) roaming scenario.
  • the 5G network includes a home public land mobile network (HPLMN) and a visited public land mobile network (VPLMN).
  • HPLMN is the home network of the UE
  • VPLMN is the roaming network of the UE.
  • services need to be offloaded at VPLMN, that is, the DN is at VPLMN.
  • VPLMN and HPLMN communicate through the visited security edge protection proxy (vSEPP) and the home security edge protection proxy (hSEPP).
  • vSEPP visited security edge protection proxy
  • hSEPP home security edge protection proxy
  • the UE accesses the 5G network through the RAN device, and the UE communicates with the AMF network element through the N1 interface (referred to as N1); the RAN device communicates with the AMF network element through the N2 interface (referred to as N2) Communication; RAN equipment communicates with UPF network elements through the N3 interface (referred to as N3); SMF network elements communicate with UPF network elements through the N4 interface (referred to as N4), and UPF network elements access the DN through the N6 interface (referred to as N6).
  • N1 interface referred to as N1
  • the RAN device communicates with the AMF network element through the N2 interface (referred to as N2) Communication
  • RAN equipment communicates with UPF network elements through the N3 interface (referred to as N3)
  • SMF network elements communicate with UPF network elements through the N4 interface (referred to as N4), and UPF network elements access the DN through the N6 interface (referred to as N6).
  • the VPLMN control plane functions such as NSSF network element, NEF network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NRF network element, PCF network element, or AF shown in (a) in Figure 2 use service-oriented interfaces to interact.
  • the external service interface provided by the AMF network element is Namf
  • the external service interface provided by the SMF network element is Nsmf
  • the external service interface provided by the NSSF network element is Nnssf
  • the external service interface provided by the NEF network element is Nnef
  • the external service interface provided by the NRF network element is Nnrf
  • the external service interface provided by the PCF network element is Npcf
  • the external service interface provided by the AF is Naf.
  • the HPLMN control plane functions such as UDM, AUSF network element, PCF network element, NRF network element, NSSF network element, or NEF network element shown in (a) of Figure 2 also use service-oriented interfaces for interaction.
  • the external service interface provided by the AUSF network element is Nausf
  • the external service interface provided by the UDM network element is Nudm, etc.
  • the NSSF network elements, UE, RAN equipment, SMF network elements in the VPLMN, and the AUSF network elements and UDM network elements in the HPLMN can communicate with each other. AMF communication within VPLMN.
  • the SMF network element in the VPLMN can also communicate with the UPF network element, PCF network element (also called vPCF) in the VPLMN, and the UDM network element in the HPLMN.
  • the PCF network element in the VPLMN can also communicate with the AF in the VPLMN and the PCF network element (also called hPCF) in the HPLMN.
  • the UPF network element in the VPLMN can also communicate with the RAN equipment and DN in the VPLMN.
  • “Nxx” between the two network elements shown in (b) of Figure 2 represents the interface between the two network elements, and specific examples will not be given one by one.
  • FIG 3 is a schematic diagram 2 of the 5GS roaming architecture, such as home routed (HR) roaming scenario.
  • 5G network includes HPLMN and VPLMN.
  • HPLMN is the home network of the UE
  • VPLMN is the roaming network of the UE.
  • VPLMN and HPLMN communicate through vSEPP and hSEPP.
  • services need to be offloaded at HPLMN, that is, the DN is at HPLMN.
  • the UE accesses the 5G network through the RAN device, and the UE communicates with the AMF network element through the N1 interface (referred to as N1); the RAN device communicates with the AMF network element through the N2 interface (referred to as N2).
  • AMF network elements communicate;
  • RAN equipment communicates with UPF network elements through the N3 interface (referred to as N3);
  • SMF network elements communicate with UPF network elements through the N4 interface (referred to as N4).
  • the UPF network element accesses the DN through the N6 interface (referred to as N6); the UPF network element communicates with the SMF network element through the N4 interface (referred to as N4).
  • control plane functions such as the NSSF network element, NEF network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NRF network element, or PCF network element of the VPLMN shown in (a) of Figure 3 use service-based interfaces for interaction.
  • the external service interface provided by the AMF network element is Namf; the external service interface provided by the SMF network element is Nsmf; the external service interface provided by the NSSF network element is Nnssf; the external service interface provided by the NEF network element is Nnef; The external service interface provided by the NRF network element is Nnrf; the external service interface provided by the PCF network element is Npcf.
  • the HPLMN control plane functions such as UDM network element, AUSF network element, PCF network element, NRF network element, NSSF network element, AF, or NEF network element shown in (a) of Figure 3 also use service-oriented interfaces for interaction.
  • the service-oriented interface provided by the AUSF network element to the outside world is Nausf
  • the service-oriented interface provided by the UDM network element to the outside world is Nudm
  • the service-oriented interface provided by the AF to the outside world is Naf.
  • the NSSF network element, UE, RAN equipment, SMF network element, PCF network element in the VPLMN, and the AUSF network element and UDM network in the HPLMN All elements can communicate with the AMF network elements in the VPLMN.
  • the SMF network elements in the VPLMN can also communicate with the UPF network elements in the VPLMN and the SMF network elements in the HPLMN.
  • the PCF network elements in the VPLMN can also communicate with the PCF network elements in the HPLMN.
  • the UPF network elements in the VPLMN can also communicate with the RAN equipment in the VPLMN and the UPF network elements in the HPLMN.
  • the NSSF network elements in the VPLMN can also communicate with the NSSF network elements in the HPLMN.
  • the SMF network element in the HPLMN can also communicate with the UPF network element, UDM network element and PCF network element in the HPLMN.
  • the UDM network element in the HPLMN can also communicate with the AUS network element F in the HPLMN.
  • the PCF network element in the HPLMN can also communicate with the AF in the HPLMN.
  • the UE and the UPF network element can establish a data connection session (such as a protocol data unit (PDU) session, or other sessions, such as an IP-CAN session, etc.).
  • a data connection session such as a protocol data unit (PDU) session, or other sessions, such as an IP-CAN session, etc.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the following is an explanation method, using a PDU session.
  • QoS flow is the smallest granularity that distinguishes QoS.
  • the QoS flow can be a QoS flow that supports guaranteed bit rate (GBR) QoS, or GBR QoS flow, or a QoS flow that supports non guaranteed bit rate (non-GBR) QoS, or QoS flow. non-GBR QoS flow.
  • a PDU session can include multiple QoS flows, for example, it supports up to 64 QoS flows.
  • Each QoS flow has its own corresponding QoS flow identifier (QoS flow ID, QFI) to distinguish different QoS flows.
  • QFI QoS flow ID
  • User plane service flows with the same QFI can be mapped to the same QoS flow to process them using the same service forwarding processing method (such as scheduling).
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a PDU session.
  • a PDU session can correspond to multiple radio bearers (radio bearers, RBs) on the air interface, and a radio bearer can include one or Multiple QoS flows, or carry one or more QoS flows.
  • QoS configuration is at the QoS flow level, that is, QoS flow is used as the granularity for configuration.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the QoS flow architecture. As shown in Figure 5, the characteristics of the QoS flow can be represented by some parameters.
  • the SMF network element configures these parameters to pre-configure, establish or modify the corresponding QoS flow. For example, for a QoS flow, these parameters include: QoS configuration (QoS profile) on the RAN device side, QoS rules (QoS rule) on the UE side, and uplink packet detection rules (packet detection rule, PDR) and downlink PDR.
  • QoS configuration QoS profile
  • QoS rules QoS rule
  • PDR uplink packet detection rules
  • QoS configuration includes uplink and/or downlink QoS configuration, which is configured by the SMF network element to the RAN device through the N2 interface, or is pre-configured by the RAN device.
  • the QoS configuration may include: 5G quality identity (5QI), assignment and retain priorities (ARP), guaranteed flow bit rate (GFBR), Maximum flow bit rate (MFBR), maximum packet loss rate (MPLR), and reflective QoS attribute (RQA).
  • 5G quality identity 5G quality identity
  • ARP assignment and retain priorities
  • GFBR guaranteed flow bit rate
  • MFBR Maximum flow bit rate
  • MPLR maximum packet loss rate
  • RQA reflective QoS attribute
  • 5QI is used to indicate the wireless characteristics of this QoS flow.
  • 5QI includes at least one of the following: resource type, priority, data delay budget (PDB), packet error rate (packet error rate, PER), average window, or maximum data burst (maximum data burst, MDB).
  • the resource type is used to indicate the type of the QoS flow, such as GBR QoS flow or non-GBR QoS flow.
  • the priority is used to indicate the scheduling priority of the QoS flow on the air interface. Specifically, it can be the priority between QoS flows of different UEs, or the priority between different QoS flows of the same UE.
  • the PDB is used to indicate the upper limit of time that the data packet of this QoS flow may be delayed between the UE and the UPF network element (the UPF network element serving as the N6 termination point).
  • PDB can include: access network data delay (AN PDB) and core network data delay (CN PDB).
  • AN PDB is the data delay between UE and AN, that is, RAN equipment.
  • CN PDB is the data delay between AN and the UPF network element as the N6 termination point.
  • AN PDB can be determined by subtracting CN PDB from PDB.
  • the averaging window is the time period used to determine the GFBR and MFBR of a GBR QoS flow.
  • MDB is used to indicate that AN needs services within the cycle of AN PDB, or the maximum amount of data that needs to be transmitted.
  • ARP is used to indicate the priority of the QoS flow on the next generation (NG) interface. Specifically, it can be the priority between QoS flows of different UEs, or the priority between different QoS flows of the same UE.
  • GFBR is used to indicate the guaranteed data rate for GBR QoS flows, including the guaranteed data rate for upstream and the guaranteed data rate for downlink.
  • MFBR is used to indicate the maximum data rate for GBR QoS flows, including the maximum data rate for upstream and the maximum data rate for downstream.
  • MPLR is used to indicate the maximum packet loss rate that a QoS flow can tolerate. MPLR may only be used for GBR QoS.
  • the reflective QoS attribute is used to indicate whether the upstream of a non-GBR QoS flow obeys mirror mapping, that is, whether the upstream QoS rules can be derived through reflection of the downstream QoS rules.
  • QoS rules are mainly used for classifying and marking uplink user plane data services performed by the UE, for example, associating uplink data to corresponding QoS flows according to QoS rules.
  • the QoS rule may include: the QFI of the QoS flow associated with the QoS rule, the packet filter set (filter list) corresponding to the QoS flow, and the priority of the QoS flow.
  • the packet filter set is mainly used to associate upstream data with the corresponding QoS flow.
  • Figure 6 is the second architectural diagram of the QoS flow.
  • the UE will The upstream data packet is associated with the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS rule. If the ID of the uplink data packet does not match the ID in the packet filter set, that is, the uplink data packet does not match the corresponding QoS rule, the UE discards the uplink data.
  • QoS rules can be communicated to the UE by the SMF network element through the N1 interface. Configuration, or pushed out by the UE through the reflective QoS mechanism.
  • a QoS flow can have multiple QoS rules.
  • Each PDU session must be configured with a default QoS rule, and the default QoS rule is associated with a QoS flow.
  • the uplink PDR and downlink PDR are configured by the SMF network element to the UPF network element through the N4 interface.
  • the uplink PDR is used by the UPF network element to perform classification and labeling of uplink user plane data services. For example, as shown in Figure 6, the UPF network element associates the uplink data to the corresponding QoS flow based on the uplink PDR.
  • the downlink PDR is used by the UPF network element to perform classification and marking of downlink user plane data services. For example, as shown in Figure 6, the UPF network element associates the downlink data to the corresponding QoS flow based on the downlink PDR. If a data packet does not match any uplink PDR or downlink PDR, the UPF network element discards the data packet.
  • the data flow is an IP flow at the IP layer
  • the data flow is a QoS flow at the non-access stratum (NAS) layer
  • the data flow is a data resource at the access stratum (AS) layer.
  • Bearer data radio bearer, DRB. Therefore, there are two levels of mapping relationships between QoS flows, namely, the mapping relationship between QoS flows and IP flows, and the mapping relationship between QoS flows and DRBs.
  • the mapping mechanism is the process of associating business data flows with the QoS flows that are considered to transport the business data flows.
  • the service data flow is defined in the PCC rules through the service data flow (SDF) model.
  • SDF service data flow
  • Step 1 session mapping, that is, one-to-one correspondence between application function session (AF session) and PDU session.
  • Step 2 PCC rule authorization, that is, the PCF network element authorizes the PCC rule and allocates QoS parameters to the PCC rule.
  • Step 3 QoS flow mapping, that is, the association of PCC rules with QoS flows in the PDU session.
  • QoS flow mapping is performed using the following mapping parameters: 5QI, ARP, QoS notification control (QNC) (if available in PCC rules), priority (if available in PCC rules), averaging window (if available in PCC rules) ), and maximum data burst volume (MDBV) (if available in PCC rules).
  • QNC QoS notification control
  • priority if available in PCC rules
  • MDBV maximum data burst volume
  • the SMF network element can determine whether there is a QoS flow with the same QoS parameters as the mapping parameters in step 3 above. If such a QoS flow does not exist, the SMF network element uses the parameters in the PCC rule to determine the QoS parameters of the new QoS flow, and establishes a new QoS flow based on the QoS parameters. At this time, the PCC rules are mapped to the new QoS flow. If there is a QoS flow with the same QoS parameters as the mapping parameters, the SMF network element maps the PCC rule to the existing QoS flow. In addition, if the PCF network element requests that the PCC rule be mapped to the QoS flow associated with the default QoS rule, the SMF network element may not perform the above judgment.
  • mapping is only an exemplary description method, and it can also be replaced by any other possible description, such as “binding”, “correspondence”, etc., and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • Time sensitive network Refer to Figure 7 below for introduction.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of the interoperability between the TSN system and 5GS.
  • 5GS including TSN translator (TT)
  • TT TSN translator
  • 5GS can exchange control plane information with nodes in the TSN system through TSN AF (AF capable of communicating with TSN), including: 5GS capability information, TSN configuration information, time scheduling information of TSN input and output ports, and time synchronization Information etc.
  • TSN AF AF capable of communicating with TSN
  • 5GS uses device-side TSN translator (DS-TT) on the UE side and network-side TSN translator (NW-TT) on the UPF network element side.
  • DS-TT may be located within the UE or outside the UE.
  • NW-TT can be located within the UPF network element.
  • the centralized network configuration (CNC) of the TSN system can configure the arrival time and departure time of the corresponding TSN flow to 5GS for 5GS according to the TSN flow granularity, so that DS-TT or NW-TT can transfer the data of the TSN flow
  • the packet is buffered until the time it leaves 5GS and then sent out, eliminating the impact of uncertainty delays caused by air interface and wired transmission between UE and UPF, ensuring end-to-end, such as from TSN talker to TSN listener ( There is a deterministic delay between listeners).
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of downlink transmission.
  • the downlink data packets are transmitted from the TSN system to the NW-TT, and are transmitted by the NW-TT.
  • DS-TT caches the data packet to the sending time window configured by the CNC so that the data packet can be sent out when it leaves 5GS.
  • 5GS in order to catch up with the sending time window configured by the CNC, 5GS needs to determine the corresponding PDB according to the data packet requirements, and ensure that the transmission time of the data packet between the UE and the UPF network element is not greater than the PDB, ensuring that the data packet can be advanced in advance Arrives at DS-TT and buffers at DS-TT until the sending time window.
  • TSN AF can obtain the scheduling information of the TSN flow from the CNC and determine the time when the TSN flow arrives at 5GS, that is, the time when the TSN flow arrives at the NW-TT inlet in the downstream direction, or in other words The time when the first data packet in a burst of data of the TSN flow arrives at the NW-TT inlet, that is, the downlink (down link, DL) burst arrival time (DL burst arrival time, DL BAT)).
  • TSN AF can send DL BAT to SMF network element through PCF network element.
  • a time sensitive communication assistance container (TSCAC) carrying the DL BAT is sent to the SMF network element through the PCF network element.
  • TCAC time sensitive communication assistance container
  • the SMF network element can determine the time for the downlink TSN flow to arrive at the RAN device based on the DL BAT and the downlink core network data delay (DL CN PDB), such as adding the DL BAT and DL CN PDB, or the burst of the downlink TSN flow.
  • DL CN PDB downlink core network data delay
  • the SMF network element carries this information in the TSCAI.
  • TSCAI includes: flow direction, period, and BAT.
  • the flow direction is used to indicate whether the TSC flow is an upstream TSC flow or a downstream TSC flow.
  • Period refers to the interval between two adjacent BATs.
  • the BAT can be used to indicate the time when the first packet in the burst data of the TSN flow in the downlink direction arrives at the RAN device.
  • the BAT may be used to indicate the latest possible time for the UE to leave the first packet in the burst of data for the uplink TSN flow.
  • the SMF network element sends TSCAI to the RAN device so that the RAN device reserves resources in advance based on the TSCAI to ensure that the transmission time between the UE and the UPF network element is not greater than the PDB.
  • the SMF network element can map the delay-sensitive service to a QoS flow, that is, there is a corresponding relationship between the QoS flow and the delay-sensitive service, such as a one-to-one correspondence, to ensure that the delay-sensitive service Data streams can be transmitted normally in 5GS.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the 5GS architecture for TSC services in non-TSN scenarios.
  • the time sensitive communication and time synchronization function (TSCTSF) network element can enable TSC services in non-TSN scenarios.
  • TSC business.
  • the TSCTSF network element can determine TSCAC based on the TSC service type parameters provided by the AF/NEF network element.
  • the TSCTSF network element sends the TSCAC to the PCF network element to configure DS-TT and NW-TT to ensure delay certainty.
  • the specific principle is similar to the above-mentioned TSN, which can be understood by reference and will not be repeated.
  • XR extended reality
  • tactile Internet has been Gradually applied to 5GS.
  • VR virtual reality
  • VR has been applied to education, entertainment, military, medical care, environmental protection, transportation, public health and other fields closely related to people's production and life.
  • VR has the advantages of multiple viewing angles and strong interactivity, providing users with a brand new visual experience.
  • tactile Internet can realize remote touch applications and remote control of machines, and realize remote perception in terms of vision, hearing, touch, and smell.
  • Tactile Internet has great room for development in industrial automation, medical care, distance education and other related fields. It provides users with a new tactile interactive experience and has great application value and commercial potential.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the correspondence between data packets and frames. As shown in Figure 10, the RAN device receives data packet #0 in frame #0, decodes and sends data packet #0 to the UE in frame #1, and the UE receives data packet #0 in frame #1. 2 Rendering displays the data corresponding to packet #0.
  • the RAN device receives data packet #1 in frame #1 and frame #2, decodes and sends data packet #1 to the UE in frame #3, and the UE renders and displays the data corresponding to data packet #1 in frame #4.
  • a display lag occurs, that is, because the reception time of data packet #1 is later than the time when it should be decoded and rendered, the data that should be displayed in frame #3 is delayed until frame #4 is displayed, making Frame #3 still displays the data of the previous frame, and the display screen freezes.
  • the RAN device receives packet #2 in frame #2 and frame #3, receives packet #3 in frame #3, decodes and sends packet #2 and packet #3 to the UE in frame #4.
  • the data corresponding to data packet #2 is discarded.
  • the UE renders and displays the data corresponding to data packet #3 in frame #4, that is, a display jump occurs (that is, the data is lost). frame), the data that should be displayed in frame #4 is not displayed, but the data that should be displayed in the next frame is displayed, and the display screen freezes.
  • the current solution is to target services with integrated transmission requirements (such as data packets in the same frame).
  • the business layer notifies the CN of the integrity transmission requirements, and the network elements of the CN, such as SMF Network elements are marked in the QoS configuration.
  • the SMF network element sends the QoS configuration to the RAN device so that the RAN device transmits data packets belonging to the same frame as a whole.
  • the expression form of integrity transmission can be: content integrity transmission, task integrity transmission, event integrity, or object/class integrity.
  • content integrity can be the intrinsic correlation between multiple dimensions of information, such as multiple data packets corresponding to the same picture frame, the basic layer and enhancement layer corresponding to the same picture frame, or multiple data packets corresponding to the picture frame and audio, etc. wait.
  • Task/Event/Object Integrity can be data within the same task that has integrity requirements. For example, in the tactile Internet, when a robotic arm is remotely operated to play basketball, during transmission, multiple data packets corresponding to video, audio, motion, touch, smell and other information have dependencies and correlations.
  • frame information can be added to the data packet to indicate the correspondence between the frame and the data packet, that is, data packets with the same frame information belong to the same frame.
  • the RAN device can determine which data packets belong to the same frame by parsing the data packets, so that the data corresponding to these data packets can be displayed in the same frame.
  • the data corresponding to each frame can be displayed or played in order to slow down Solve the situation of frame loss, frame jump, or frame lag, or inconsistency between picture and audio, etc. to ensure the QoS quality of the business.
  • this method requires the RAN device to identify the header information corresponding to each data packet, which is very expensive.
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • D2D device-to-device
  • 4G such as LTE systems
  • WiMAX global interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G such as NR systems
  • future communication systems such as the 6th generation , 6G) mobile communication systems, etc.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system to which the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • this communication system can be applied to the above-mentioned 5GS, and mainly includes: terminals, access network equipment, policy control network elements, and session management network elements.
  • the policy control network element can be a PCF network element
  • the session management network element can be an SMF network element.
  • the policy control network element can be the PCF network element in the VPLMN
  • the session management network element can be the SMF network element in the VPLMN.
  • the policy control network element can be the PCF network element in HPLMN
  • the session management network element can be the SMF network element in HPLMN.
  • the terminal or access network device can communicate with the policy control network element and session management network element through the AMF network element and SMF network element in the VPLMN.
  • the relevant functions of terminals, access network equipment, policy control network elements, and session management network elements can be referred to the relevant introduction in the above 5GS and will not be described again.
  • the communication system can also be applied to future communication systems, such as 6G communication systems, without specific limitations.
  • the policy control network element can configure the PER corresponding to the service for the terminal or access network device through the session management network element, for example, the PER that meets the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the policy control network element can also configure the relevant information of the service for the terminal or access network device through the session management network element, so that the terminal or access network device can determine the PER corresponding to the service accordingly.
  • the terminal or access network equipment can directly process the data packets of the service based on the PER without identifying the header information corresponding to the data packets, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service through lower overhead, thereby ensuring the QoS quality of the service. .
  • the UE may be a terminal in the above communication system
  • the RAN device may be an access network device in the above communication system
  • the SMF network element may be a session management network element in the above communication system
  • the PCF network element may be The policy control network elements in the above communication system. Details are introduced below.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart 1 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the PCF network element can send the PER corresponding to the service to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element uses the QoS flow as the granularity to configure the PER for the UE or RAN device, so that the UE or RAN device processes the QoS flow corresponding to the PER. of the data packets of the service to ensure the frame loss rate of the service, thereby ensuring the QoS quality of the service.
  • the UE can access the 5G network and initiate a session request.
  • the SMF network element can establish a corresponding data connection session, such as a PDU session, for the UE to ensure that user plane data can be transmitted normally.
  • a PDU session can refer to the definition in Chapter 4.3.2 of TS23.502 in the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP), which will not be described again.
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • the AF sends the relevant information of the service and/or the PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element.
  • the PCF network element receives the relevant information of the service from the AF and/or the PER corresponding to the service.
  • the business-related information may be related to the needs of the business.
  • the relevant information of the service may include at least one of the following items of the service: frame characteristic information or frame loss rate limit information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information of the service can be used to indicate that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit of the service, that is, the maximum frame loss rate that the service can accept.
  • the frame loss rate limit of this service is A%, which means that a maximum of A frames can be lost in every 100 frames, and the value of A is greater than 0.
  • the frame loss rate of this service is limited to 10%, which means that a maximum of 1 frame can be lost every 10 frames.
  • the frame loss rate of this service is limited to 5%, which means that a maximum of 1 frame can be lost every 20 frames.
  • the frame loss rate limit of the service is A, which is expressed in the default number of frames. At most A frames can be lost.
  • the default unit is 50 frames, and A is 5, which means that a maximum of 5 frames can be lost every 50 frames.
  • the default unit is 100 frames, and A is 5, which means that a maximum of 5 frames can be lost every 100 frames.
  • one expression form of the frame loss rate limit of this service is: one frame is allowed to be lost for every A frame. For example, A is 10, which means that a maximum of 1 frame can be lost every 10 frames.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service can describe the frame characteristics of the service.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service can be used by the PCF network element to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service (recorded as the number of data packets in the frame, the same below), such as the maximum number of data packets in the frame, or the average number of data packets in the frame, so that PCF
  • the network element can convert the frame loss rate of the service into the packet loss rate of the service, that is, PER, based on the number of data packets in the frame.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum data packet quantity, maximum data burst, or packet period.
  • the frame period is similar to the period in TSCAI mentioned above, and is used to indicate the interval between two adjacent frames of the service, that is, the interval between two adjacent bursts.
  • This BAT is similar to the BAT in the above-mentioned TSCAI.
  • the BAT can be used to indicate the time when the first data packet in a burst of data (or a frame) of the service arrives at the RAN device, that is, the downlink BAT.
  • BAT can also be used to indicate the time when the first data packet in a burst of data (or a frame) of the service leaves the UE, such as the latest possible time, that is, the uplink BAT.
  • the maximum number of data packets can refer to the maximum number of data packets within the unit time (or time window) of a frame, and the unit time can be less than or equal to the frame period.
  • the maximum data burst amount can refer to the maximum data amount within the unit time (or time window) of a frame, or the maximum data flow.
  • Packet period can refer to the interval between two adjacent data packets within a frame.
  • the PCF network element can select the parameters it supports to determine the number of data packets in the frame based on the various parameters in the frame characteristic information of the service, so as to avoid causing problems due to the PCF network element not supporting some of the above parameters.
  • the number of packets within a frame cannot be determined to ensure the reliability of the scheme.
  • MTU maximum transmission unit
  • the MTU may be preconfigured by the PCF network element, or reported by the SMF network element to the PCF network element.
  • the PCF network element determines the number of data packets in the frame by itself, and is not a limitation.
  • the PCF network element can also directly obtain the number of data packets in the frame from the AF.
  • the PER corresponding to the business can be determined based on the relevant information of the above business.
  • the PCF network element can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the frame loss rate limit information of the service. For example, if the frame loss rate limit of the service is A%, it is determined that the PER is also A%.
  • the PCF network element can also determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the frame loss rate limit information of the service and the number of data packets in the frame. For example, if the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of intra-frame data packets is B, and B is a positive integer, then the PER is determined to be A/B%.
  • PER of A% is a relatively loose packet loss rate condition
  • PER of A/B% is a relatively strict packet loss rate condition.
  • Each of the two constitutes a range, such as [A/B%, A%], such that The PCF network element can select a suitable PER within this range, that is, A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, where C is the specified value of PER to take into account both overhead and business requirements.
  • the PER by limiting the frame loss rate of the service to A%, it is necessary to first determine that at most one frame can be lost every few frames.
  • the PER is A%
  • the frame loss rate of the service is limited to 10% and the PER is 10%, then these 50 data packets can lose up to 5 data packets.
  • the frame loss rate of the service is limited to 10% and the PER is 10%, then these 50 data packets can lose up to 5 data packets.
  • it is necessary to ensure that these 5 data packets belong to the same frame that is, 1 frame is lost in 10 frames to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service. Otherwise, if these 5 packets belong to different frame, the number of lost frames in these 10 frames will be greater than 1, thus failing to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the PCF network element determines the PER on its own, and is not a limitation.
  • the AF can pre-configure the PER corresponding to the service, or the AF can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service. In this way, the PCF network element can directly obtain the PER corresponding to the service from the AF, thereby reducing the cost of the PCF network element and improving operating efficiency.
  • AF can store the relevant information of the service/the PER (requirement) corresponding to the service into the UDR network element, such as through NEF.
  • the PCF network element can obtain the relevant information of the service/the PER (requirement) corresponding to the service from the UDR network element.
  • the PCF network element can send service description information, such as application identifiers or service data flow filters, to the UDR network element.
  • the UDR network element returns the relevant information of the service/the PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element according to the service description information.
  • the AF can reuse the existing message, such as calling any possible service-oriented interface service, such as through the policy authorization (Npcf_PolicyAuthorization) service.
  • Npcf_PolicyAuthorization policy authorization
  • the AF can also send the relevant information of the service and/or the PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element through a new service, without any specific limitation.
  • the PCF network element sends PER to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element receives the PER from the PCF network element.
  • PER can be carried in policy and charging control (PCC) rules to reuse existing cells, reduce communication overhead, and improve communication efficiency.
  • PCC policy and charging control
  • PER can also be carried in any other possible information element, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • S1204 The SMF network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
  • PCC rules are rules at the granularity of service data flow (SDF), and RAN equipment schedules services at the granularity of QoS flows
  • the SMF network element needs to map the SDF to the corresponding QoS flow, that is, the PCC rules Map to the corresponding QoS flow (establish the corresponding relationship between PCC rules and the corresponding QoS flow) to ensure the QoS quality of the service with the QoS flow as the granularity.
  • the SMF network element uses the PER in the PCC rule as a mapping parameter.
  • the SMF network element can determine whether the PER in the PCC rule and the PER in the QoS flow parameters are the same. If the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the QoS flow parameter, map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter to reuse the existing QoS flow and reduce overhead.
  • other binding parameters in the PCC rules need to be the same.
  • the SMF network element can create a QoS flow and map the PCC rule to the created QoS flow binding to prevent the PCC rule from affecting the existing QoS flow.
  • the parameters of QoS flow #1 include: PER#1
  • the parameters of QoS flow #2 include: PER#2
  • the PCC rule includes: PER#1.
  • the SMF network element determines that PER#1 in the parameters of QoS flow #1 is the same as PER#1 in the PCC rule, and maps the PCC rule to QoS flow #1.
  • the parameters of QoS flow #1 include: PER#1
  • the parameters of QoS flow #2 include: PER#2
  • the PCC rule includes: PER#3.
  • the SMF network element determines that the PER in all QoS flow parameters is different from the PER#3 in the PCC rule, thereby creating a new QoS flow #3 and mapping the PCC rule to QoS flow #3.
  • the SMF network element may not perform the matching of the above QoS flow parameters with the PCC rules. configuration, directly create an independent QoS flow, and map PCC rules to the independent QoS flow. Optionally, in this case, no other PCC rules are mapped to this QoS flow.
  • the SMF network element sends the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow to the RAN device.
  • the RAN device receives the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the SMF network element.
  • the PER may be the PER in the PCC rule mapped in S1204.
  • the SMF network element sends the QoS flow identification information and the PER to the RAN device, and the QoS flow identification information corresponds to the PER by default.
  • This correspondence can be carried in existing messages, such as calling any possible service, to achieve signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency.
  • the corresponding relationship can also be carried in a newly created message, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the SMF network element can also send indication information #1 to the RAN device to indicate that the RAN device needs Packets are lost within the same frame to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the SMF network element may not send indication information #1 to the RAN device, and the RAN device needs to lose packets in the same frame by default.
  • the RAN device processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • the RAN device can determine the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow. In this way, the RAN device can determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow, or the link layer configuration, based on the PER. For example, the configuration of radio link control (RLC) and/or the configuration of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ), or any other possible configuration. In this way, the RAN device can send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
  • RLC radio link control
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the SMF network element sends the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow to the UE.
  • the UE receives the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the SMF network element.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow can be carried in existing messages, such as any possible NAS messages, to achieve signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency.
  • the corresponding relationship can also be carried in a newly created message, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the SMF network element can also send indication information #1 to the UE to instruct the UE to send the packet loss rate that needs to be Packets are lost within the same frame to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the SMF network element may not send indication information #1 to the UE, and the UE needs to lose packets in the same frame by default.
  • S1208 The UE processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • the UE can determine the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow. In this way, the UE can determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For example, RLC configuration and/or HARQ configuration, or any other possible configuration. In this way, the UE can send data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
  • S1205-S1206 and S1207-S1208 are optional steps.
  • the SMF network element can only send the corresponding relationship to the RAN, or the SMF network element can only send the corresponding relationship to the UE.
  • the PER in the corresponding relationship sent by the SMF network element to the RAN is consistent with the SMF network element.
  • the PERs in the corresponding relationship sent by the UE to the UE may be the same or different, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart 2 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the PCF network element can send the PER corresponding to the service and the execution conditions of the PER (recorded as execution conditions) to the SMF network element.
  • SMF network elements use QoS flows as granularity to configure PER and execution conditions for UE or RAN equipment.
  • the UE or RAN device can obtain the actual packet loss rate or frame loss rate of the service based on the execution conditions, and dynamically select the PER currently corresponding to the QoS flow based on the packet loss rate or frame loss rate to ensure that the PER can meet The current needs of the business, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the business.
  • the AF sends the relevant information of the service and/or the PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element.
  • the PCF network element receives the relevant information of the service from the AF and/or the PER corresponding to the service.
  • the service-related information may be related to the requirements of the service, including at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information, or frame characteristic information.
  • frame loss rate limit information of the service please refer to the relevant introduction in S1202 above, and will not be described again.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service may include at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service may include at least one of the following: BAT.
  • BAT can be used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service.
  • the PCF network element can determine the PER based on the relevant information of the service. For specific implementation principles, you can also refer to the relevant introduction in 1202 above, which will not be described again.
  • the PCF network element can also determine the execution conditions based on the relevant information of the service.
  • the execution conditions can be used to indicate the specified value of PER in the case of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the packet loss rate wait.
  • the number of lost frames can be understood as the actual number of lost frames or the instantaneous number of lost frames
  • the number of lost packets can be understood as the actual number of lost frames or the number of instantaneous lost packets
  • the number of lost packets can be understood as the actual number of lost frames or the number of instantaneous lost frames.
  • PER#n number of frames lost/number of packets lost/packet loss rate #n
  • n is an integer greater than 1
  • i is an integer ranging from 1 to n.
  • This execution condition is used to indicate that as one or more of the actual number of frames lost, the number of packets lost, and the frame loss rate increases within the scope allowed by the business, the PER can also gradually change from a relatively loose packet loss rate condition. It becomes a relatively strict packet loss rate condition, so that when frame or packet loss increases, the UE or RAN device can alleviate the frame or packet loss by increasing the PER limit to ensure the QoS quality of the service (see S1306 and S1308).
  • a PER of 10% corresponds to 1 packet loss
  • a PER of 8% corresponds to 2 packet losses
  • a PER of 6% corresponds to 3 packet losses
  • a PER of 4% corresponds to 4 packet losses.
  • a PER of 2% corresponds to 5 packet losses.
  • this execution condition can also be used to indicate that in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER can remain unchanged. In other words, for a frame that has already experienced packet loss, this frame has been lost. At this time, if this frame continues to lose packets, it will not affect the frame loss rate of the service. Therefore, the specified value of PER can be kept unchanged to avoid increasing invalid overhead and improve the operating efficiency of the device.
  • the PCF network element sends the PER and execution conditions to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element receives the PER and execution conditions from the PCF network element.
  • PER and execution conditions can be carried in PCC rules, such as the same cell or different cells of PCC rules, to reuse existing cells, reduce communication overhead, and improve communication efficiency.
  • PCC rules such as the same cell or different cells of PCC rules
  • PER and execution conditions can also be carried in any other possible information element, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the PCF network element can also send indication information #2 to the UE or RAN device through the SMF network element.
  • Instruction information #2 can indicate the above-mentioned frame characteristic information, such as frame period and BAT, and is used by the UE or RAN device to determine the data packets in the same frame, such as determining how long after the first data packet arrives, all arriving data packets are
  • the UE or RAN can calculate packet loss at the frame granularity. In this way, if the UE or RAN device determines that packets are lost within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged according to the above execution conditions.
  • the indication information #2 may also indicate at least one of the following: data packet period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or number of data packets within a frame, to assist the UE or RAN device in determining the number of data packets within the same frame. data pack.
  • Instruction information #2, the above-mentioned PER and the execution conditions of the PER may be carried in the same cell, such as PCC rules, or may be carried in different cells, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the UE or RAN device can also configure the frame period and BAT locally by default.
  • the PCF network element may not send instruction information #2 to save overhead.
  • S1304 The SMF network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
  • the SMF network element can use the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule as a mapping parameter to map the PCC rule to the QoS flow. For example, the SMF network element can determine whether the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule is the same as the PER+ execution condition in the QoS flow parameter. If the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule is the same as the PER+ execution condition in the QoS flow parameter, map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter to reuse the existing QoS flow and reduce overhead.
  • other mapping parameters in the PCC rules need to be the same. For the specific implementation principles of other mapping parameters, please refer to the relevant introduction in "3.
  • the SMF network element can create a QoS flow and map the PCC rules to the created QoS flow to prevent the PCC rules from affecting the existing QoS flows. .
  • the SMF network element can also map PCC rules (PCC rules containing execution condition #1+PER) to a separate QoS flow.
  • PCC rules containing execution condition #1+PER
  • the SMF network element creates an independent QoS flow and maps the PCC rule to the independent QoS flow. flow.
  • the SMF network element can also use the mapping method introduced in S1204 above to map the PCC rules to the corresponding QoS flows. For specific implementation principles, please refer to the relevant introduction in S1204 above, which will not be described again.
  • the SMF network element sends execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows to the RAN device.
  • the RAN device receives the execution conditions from the SMF network element and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows.
  • the SMF network element sends QoS flow identification information, PER and the execution conditions to the RAN device, and the QoS flow identification information is the same as the PER default correspond.
  • Execution conditions and the corresponding relationship can be carried in existing messages, such as any possible service interface messages to achieve signaling reuse and improve communication efficiency.
  • the execution condition and the corresponding relationship can also be carried in a newly created message, without any specific limitation.
  • the SMF network element can also send indication information #1 to the RAN device to indicate that the RAN device needs Packets are lost within the same frame to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the instruction information #1 and the above-mentioned execution conditions and corresponding relationships may be carried in the same message, or in different messages, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the SMF network element may not send indication information #1 to the RAN device, and the RAN device needs to lose packets in the same frame by default.
  • the SMF network element can also forward the indication information #2 to the RAN device.
  • the instruction information #2 and the above-mentioned execution conditions and corresponding relationships may be carried in the same message, or may be carried in different messages, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the RAN device processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER indicated by the execution condition.
  • the RAN device can determine the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship.
  • the RAN device can determine the current PER according to the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration (uplink or downlink link configuration) corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For example, RLC configuration and/or HARQ configuration, or any other possible configuration.
  • the RAN device can send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
  • the RAN device can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to send the QoS flow based on the adjusted link resources.
  • the QoS flow corresponds to the data packet of the service to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service always meets the frame loss rate limit.
  • the RAN device can select a relatively loose PER based on the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the relatively loose PER.
  • the link configuration is also relatively loose, for example, the link resources indicated by the link configuration are relatively few.
  • the RAN device can determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame period and BAT; or, the RAN device can also determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame information in the data packet.
  • the RAN device can determine which data packets within the same frame were not sent successfully (ie, packet loss/frame loss) to record one or more of the current packet loss number, packet loss rate, and frame loss number of the QoS flow .
  • the RAN device can gradually adjust the relatively loose PER to the relatively strict PER according to the execution conditions, that is, gradually reduce the specified value of PER.
  • the RAN device can set the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the specified value after the PER is reduced.
  • the adjusted link configuration is also relatively strict. For example, the link configuration indicates relatively more link resources to meet the relatively strict PER.
  • the RAN device can also keep the specified value of PER unchanged according to the execution conditions. That is, the RAN device can process the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
  • the SMF network element sends execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows to the UE.
  • the UE receives the execution conditions from the SMF network element and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow.
  • the execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows can be carried in existing messages, such as any possible service-oriented interface messages, to achieve signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency.
  • the execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow can also be carried in the newly created message, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the SMF network element can also send indication information #1 to the UE to instruct the UE to send the packet loss rate that needs to be Packet loss within the same frame, To meet the frame loss rate limit of the business.
  • the instruction information #1 and the above-mentioned execution conditions and corresponding relationships may be carried in the same message, or in different messages, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the SMF network element may not send indication information #1 to the UE, and the UE needs to lose packets in the same frame by default.
  • the SMF network element can also forward the indication information #2 to the UE.
  • the instruction information #2 and the above-mentioned execution conditions and corresponding relationships may be carried in the same message, or may be carried in different messages, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • S1308 The UE processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER indicated by the execution condition.
  • the UE can determine the PER of the QoS flow according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the UE can determine the current PER according to the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration (uplink link configuration) corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For example, RLC configuration and/or HARQ configuration, or any other possible configuration.
  • the UE can send data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
  • the UE can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to send the QoS according to the adjusted link resources.
  • the UE can select a relatively loose PER based on the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the relatively loose PER.
  • the link configuration is also relatively loose, for example, the link resources indicated by the link configuration are relatively few.
  • the UE can determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame period and BAT; or, the UE can also determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame information in the data packet.
  • the UE can determine which data packets within the same frame were not sent successfully (i.e., packet loss/frame loss) to record one or more of the current packet loss number, packet loss rate, and frame loss number of the QoS flow. Afterwards, as the packet loss or frame loss recorded by the UE gradually increases, the UE can gradually adjust the relatively loose PER to the relatively strict PER according to the execution conditions, that is, gradually reduce the specified value of PER. In this way, the UE can set the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow according to the specified value after the PER is reduced. At this time, the adjusted link configuration is also relatively strict. For example, the link configuration indicates relatively more link resources to meet the relatively strict PER.
  • the UE can also keep the specified value of PER unchanged according to the execution conditions. That is, the UE can process the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
  • the execution order between S1305-S1306 and S1307-S1308 is not limited.
  • S1305-S1306 and S1307-S1308 are optional steps.
  • the SMF network element can only send the execution conditions and the correspondence between PER and QoS flows to the RAN, or the SMF network element can only send the execution conditions and the correspondence between PER and QoS flows to the UE. relation.
  • the execution conditions sent by the SMF network element to the RAN and the execution conditions sent by the SMF network element to the UE may be the same, or they may be different.
  • the uplink PER value range may be different from the downlink PER value range. At this time, different PER value ranges may correspond to different PERs, that is, the PER sent by the SMF network element to the RAN and the PER sent by the SMF network element to the UE may also be different.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart 3 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the PCF network element can send the PER and execution conditions corresponding to the service to the SMF network element.
  • SMF network elements use QoS flows as granularity to configure PER and execution conditions for UE or RAN equipment.
  • the UE or RAN device can select different PERs corresponding to the QoS flows at different times based on the execution conditions to ensure that the PER can meet the needs of the service at different times, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
  • the AF sends the relevant information of the service/PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element.
  • the PCF network element receives the relevant information of the service from the AF/the PER corresponding to the service.
  • the relevant information of the service may be related to the requirements of the service, including at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information, or frame characteristic information.
  • frame loss rate limit information of the service please refer to the relevant introduction in S1202 above, and will not be described again.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service may include at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service may include at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT can be used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service.
  • the time information can be used to indicate the time of the service frame (recorded as frame time), such as the time when a certain downlink frame arrives at the RAN device, or the time when a certain uplink frame is sent from the UE.
  • the frame time can be characterized by absolute time. For example, the total duration of the service is 2 hours, and the indicated frame corresponds to which time within the 2 hours.
  • frame time can also be characterized by relative time.
  • the indicated frame is a frame corresponding to how long before or after a certain reference time of the service.
  • the frame time can be implicitly represented by the frame number.
  • the service includes N frames, the indicated frame is the i-th frame, N is a positive integer, and i ranges from 1 to N.
  • the frame time can also be implicitly represented by the sequence number offset of the frame.
  • the service includes N frames, and there are j frames between the indicated frame and the i-th frame. N is a positive integer, i ranges from 1 to N, j ranges from 1 to N, and i+j ⁇ N.
  • the time information used to indicate the time of key frames and non-key frames of the service is only an example. The time information can also be used to indicate the time of other types of frames of the service, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • key frames can refer to frames that contain relatively important business data, such as frames corresponding to scenes where shots are switched.
  • Non-key frames may refer to frames that contain relatively minor business data, such as frames corresponding to still shots.
  • the above is based on key frames and non-key frames as examples.
  • the PCF network element can also determine the PER corresponding to other types of frames within a specified time, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • this execution condition can also be used to indicate that in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged. Change. In other words, for a frame that has already experienced packet loss, this frame has been lost. At this time, if this frame continues to lose packets, it will not affect the frame loss rate of the service. Therefore, the specified value of PER can be kept unchanged to avoid invalid overhead and improve equipment operating efficiency.
  • the PCF network element sends the PER and execution conditions to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element receives the PER and execution conditions from the PCF network element.
  • S1404 The SMF network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
  • the SMF network element can use the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule as a mapping parameter to map the PCC rule to the QoS flow. For example, the SMF network element can determine whether the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule is the same as the PER+ execution condition in the QoS flow parameter. If the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule is the same as the PER+ execution condition in the QoS flow parameter, map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter to reuse the existing QoS flow and reduce overhead.
  • other mapping parameters in the PCC rules need to be the same. For the specific implementation principles of other mapping parameters, please refer to the relevant introduction in "3.
  • the SMF network element can create a QoS flow and map the PCC rules to the created QoS flow to prevent the PCC rules from affecting the existing QoS flows. .
  • the SMF network element can also map PCC rules (PCC rules including execution conditions + PER) to a separate QoS flow.
  • PCC rules including execution conditions + PER
  • the SMF network element creates an independent QoS flow and maps the PCC rule to the independent QoS flow.
  • the SMF network element can also use the mapping method introduced in S1204 above to map the PCC rules to the corresponding QoS flows. For specific implementation principles, please refer to the relevant introduction in S1204 above, which will not be described again.
  • S1405 The SMF network element sends execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows to the RAN device.
  • the RAN device receives the execution conditions from the SMF network element and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows.
  • the RAN device processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER indicated by the execution condition.
  • the RAN device can determine the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship.
  • the RAN device can determine the current PER according to the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration (uplink or downlink link configuration) corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For example, RLC configuration and/or HARQ configuration, or any other possible configuration.
  • the RAN device can send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
  • the RAN device can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to send the QoS flow based on the adjusted link resources.
  • the QoS flow corresponds to the data packet of the service to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service always meets the frame loss rate limit.
  • the RAN device determines, based on the execution conditions, which PER with a specified value to use at the specified time when the service first starts, and determines the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. After that, the service enters the next designated time, and the RAN device determines which PER with a designated value to use at the next designated time based on the execution conditions, and adjusts the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. And so on until the end of the business.
  • the RAN device can also determine which data packets corresponding to the QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame period and BAT; or, the RAN device can also determine which data packets corresponding to the QoS flow based on the frame information in the data packet. belong to the same frame. In this way, the RAN device can determine which data packets within the same frame were not sent successfully (i.e. packet/frame loss). At this time, if the RAN device determines that packets are lost within the same frame, the RAN device can also keep the specified value of PER unchanged according to the execution conditions. That is, the RAN device can process the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
  • the SMF network element sends execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows to the UE.
  • the corresponding UE receives the execution conditions from the SMF network element and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow.
  • S1408 The UE processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER indicated by the execution condition.
  • the UE can determine the PER of the QoS flow according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the UE can determine the current PER according to the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration (uplink link configuration) corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For example, RLC configuration and/or HARQ configuration, or any other possible configuration.
  • the UE can send data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
  • the UE can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to send the QoS according to the adjusted link resources.
  • the UE determines which PER with a specified value is used at the specified time when the service first starts, and determines the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. After that, the service enters the next designated time, and the UE determines which PER with designated value to use at the next designated time based on the execution conditions, and adjusts the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. And so on until the end of the business.
  • the UE can also determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame period and BAT; or, the UE can also determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame information in the data packet. . In this way, the UE can determine which data packets within the same frame were not sent successfully (ie, packet/frame loss). At this time, if the UE determines that packets are lost within the same frame, the UE can also keep the specified value of PER unchanged according to the execution conditions. That is, the UE can process the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
  • the execution order between S1405-S1406 and S1407-S1408 is not limited.
  • S1405-S1406 and S1407-S1408 are optional steps.
  • the SMF network element can only send the execution conditions and the correspondence between PER and QoS flows to the RAN, or the SMF network element can only send the execution conditions and the correspondence between PER and QoS flows to the UE. relation.
  • the execution conditions sent by the SMF network element to the RAN and the execution conditions sent by the SMF network element to the UE may be the same, or they may be different.
  • the designated time for uplink and the designated time for downlink may be different, and different designated times may correspond to Different PERs, that is, the PER sent by the SMF network element to the RAN and the PER sent by the SMF network element to the UE can also be different.
  • the above solutions can be combined.
  • the solution in scenario 2 and the solution in scenario 3 can be combined and implemented.
  • the SMF network element sends execution conditions to the RAN device or UE.
  • the execution conditions not only include the value range of PER, It also includes the designated time of the business, which will not be described again.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart 4 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method is suitable for communication between terminals, access network equipment, session management network elements, and policy control network elements in the above communication system.
  • the flow of this communication method is as follows:
  • the policy control network element obtains the PER corresponding to the service.
  • PER is used for terminals or access network equipment to process service data packets based on PER.
  • the PER is a specified value.
  • the policy control network element can instruct the terminal or access network equipment which value of PER to use, without the terminal or access network equipment needing to determine or adjust the PER, so as to reduce equipment overhead and improve operating efficiency.
  • the specified value satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%
  • the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%.
  • the number of data packets in the service frame (such as one frame) is B
  • the specified value of PER is C
  • the value of A is greater than
  • B is a positive integer.
  • a PER of A% is a relatively loose packet loss rate condition
  • a PER of A/B% is a relatively strict packet loss rate condition.
  • Each of the two constitutes a range, such as [A/B%, A%] , so that the PCF network element can select a suitable PER within this range to take into account equipment overhead and business requirements.
  • the policy control network element can receive PER from the application function to reduce the overhead of the policy control network element and improve operating efficiency.
  • the PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. This PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit when the terminal or access network equipment processes the data packets of the service.
  • determining the PER according to the frame loss rate limit may be determining the frame loss rate limit as the PER.
  • the frame loss rate is limited to A%, and the PER is also A%, which is used to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service under specific circumstances (such as packet loss within the same frame).
  • the PER may be further determined based on the number of intra-frame data packets of the service.
  • the policy control network element determines the quotient between the frame loss rate limit of the service and the number of data packets in the frame of the service, and determines the quotient value as PER, which is used to detect packet loss in any frame under any circumstances (such as packet loss in any frame). ) meets the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the policy control network element can receive the frame loss rate limit information of the service from the application function, and determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. That is to say, the application function can only provide service information, and the policy control network element determines the PER on its own, so as to reduce the overhead of the application function and improve operating efficiency.
  • the policy control network element can also receive frame characteristic information from the service of the application function, and determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service based on the frame characteristic information.
  • the policy control network element determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information, including: the policy control network element determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information and the number of data packets in the service frame.
  • the frame characteristic information may include at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame period and data packet period can be used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service (recorded as the number of data packets in the frame).
  • the policy control network element can select parameters that it can recognize to determine the number of data packets in the frame, to avoid being unable to determine the number of data packets in the frame because the policy control network element does not support some of the above parameters, so as to ensure the reliability of the solution. sex.
  • determining the PER based on the number of data packets in the frame can also ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit under any circumstances.
  • the frame characteristic information may also include at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service.
  • the terminal or access network equipment can determine the data packets belonging to the same frame based on the frame characteristic information, thereby achieving a more accurate calculation of the packet loss rate of the service at the frame granularity.
  • the terminal or access network device determines how long after the first data packet arrives, all arriving data packets are data packets in the same frame.
  • the time information may be used to indicate the time of the frame of the service (denoted as frame time).
  • the terminal or access network equipment can also use different PERs at different times based on time information to take into account equipment overhead and business requirements. For example, for non-key frames of the service within certain periods of time, the PER determined based on the frame loss rate limit information can be used to save overhead; for For the key frames of the business within certain periods of time, PER can be further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame to avoid key frame frame loss and ensure business needs.
  • PER can be carried in the policy and charging control PCC rules to achieve cell reuse and improve communication efficiency.
  • the policy control network element sends the PER to the session management network element.
  • the session management network element receives the PER from the policy control network element.
  • PER can be carried in PCC rules. That is, the policy control network element sends the PCC rule to the session management network element, and accordingly, the session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries the PER.
  • the policy control network element can also send the execution conditions of the PER to the session management network element.
  • the execution condition may be determined by the policy control network element. This execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, PER will take a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the case of packet loss or frame loss, so that the terminal or access network device can Select appropriate execution conditions under corresponding circumstances to take into account equipment overhead and business needs.
  • the execution conditions of PER include at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged. For example, when the terminal or access network device calculates packet loss at frame granularity, if the terminal or access network device determines that packet loss occurs within the same frame, the specified value of PER can be kept unchanged according to execution condition #3. Change.
  • the execution conditions of PER can also be carried in PCC rules. That is, the policy control network element sends the PCC rule to the session management network element, and accordingly, the session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries the execution condition of the PER.
  • S1502 can also refer to the relevant introductions in S1203, S1303, and S1403 above, and will not be described again.
  • the session management network element sends the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow to the terminal and/or access network device.
  • the terminal and/or the access network device receive the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow from the session management network element.
  • the session management network element can map PCC rules to QoS flows to ensure the QoS quality of services at the granularity of QoS flows. For example, the session management network element can determine that the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters, and map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter to reuse the existing QoS flow and reduce overhead. . Alternatively, the session management network element may determine that the PER is different from the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters and create QoS flow, map PCC rules to the created QoS flow to prevent PCC rules from affecting existing QoS flows. Afterwards, the session management network element can send the corresponding relationship (ie, mapping relationship) between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal and/or the access network device.
  • the session management network element can send the corresponding relationship (ie, mapping relationship) between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal and/or the access network device.
  • the session management network element can also send execution conditions to the terminal or access network device respectively.
  • the terminal or access network device can receive execution conditions from the session management network element.
  • S1503 can also refer to the relevant introductions in the above-mentioned S1204-S1205, S1207, S1304-S1305, S1307, and S1404-S1405, S1407, which will not be described again.
  • the terminal or access network device processes data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • the terminal or access network device can determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit.
  • the terminal or access network equipment can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value.
  • Link resources send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service always meets the frame loss rate limit.
  • the terminal or the access network device can also receive the frame characteristic information of the service, and determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information.
  • the terminal or access network equipment can process the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER and discard the data packets in the same frame to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit.
  • S1504 can also refer to the relevant introductions in the above-mentioned S1206 and S1208, S1306 and S1308, S1406 and S1408, and will not be described again.
  • terminals and access network equipment can also use other methods to ensure the frame loss rate limit, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the terminal or access network device can directly configure the PER according to the service.
  • PER processes the data packets of this service without identifying the header information corresponding to the data packets, so as to ensure the frame loss rate of the service and the QoS quality of the service through lower overhead.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart 5 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the PCF network element can send service-related information to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element uses the QoS flow as the granularity to configure the relevant information of the service for the UE or RAN device.
  • the UE or RAN device can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
  • S1602 AF sends service-related information to the PCF network element.
  • the PCF network element receives service-related information from the AF.
  • the service-related information may be related to the requirements of the service, including at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information, or frame characteristic information.
  • frame loss rate limit information of this service please refer to the relevant introduction in S1202 above, and will not be described again.
  • frame feature information of this service please refer to the relevant introductions in S1202, S1302 and S1402 above, and will not be described again.
  • the PCF network element sends service-related information to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element receives service-related information from the PCF network element.
  • business-related information can be carried in PCC rules to reuse existing cells, reduce communication overhead, and improve communication efficiency.
  • service-related information can also be carried in any other possible information element, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the PCF network element can also send indication information #2 to the UE or RAN device through the SMF network element.
  • indication information #2 please refer to the relevant introduction in S1303 above, which will not be described again.
  • S1604 The SMF network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
  • the SMF network element can determine whether the service information in the PCC rules, such as 5QI, ARP, etc., is the same as the service information in the QoS flow parameters. If the service information in the PCC rule is the same as the service information in the QoS flow parameter, map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter. Alternatively, if the service information in the PCC rule is different from the service information in the QoS flow parameters, the SMF network element can create a QoS flow and map the PCC rule to the created QoS flow.
  • QoS flow parameters include: parameters of QoS flow #1 and parameters of QoS flow #2.
  • the parameters of QoS flow #1 include: ARP#1, the parameters of QoS flow #2 include: ARP#2, and the PCC rule includes: ARP#1.
  • the SMF network element determines that ARP#1 in the parameters of QoS flow #1 is the same as ARP#1 in the PCC rule, and maps the PCC rule to QoS flow #1.
  • the QoS flow parameters include: parameters of QoS flow #1 and parameters of QoS flow #2.
  • the parameters of QoS flow #1 include: ARP#1, the parameters of QoS flow #2 include: ARP#2, and the PCC rule includes: ARP#3. In this way, the SMF network element determines that the ARP in all QoS flow parameters is different from ARP#3 in the PCC rule, thereby creating QoS flow #3 and mapping the PCC rule to QoS flow #3.
  • the SMF network element may directly create a QoS flow without performing the above matching of service information, and map the PCC rules to the created QoS flow.
  • the relevant information of the service in the PCC rule and the QoS flow also have a corresponding corresponding relationship, for example, the relevant information of the service and the identifier of the QoS flow, such as QoS Corresponds to the ID of the stream.
  • S1605 The SMF network element sends the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the RAN device.
  • the RAN device receives the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow from the SMF network element.
  • the corresponding relationship between business-related information and QoS flows can be carried in existing messages, such as any possible service-oriented interface messages, to achieve signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency.
  • the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow can also be carried in the newly created message, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the RAN device determines the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service, and processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER.
  • the RAN device can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service, and determine the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service and the QoS flow. In this way, the RAN device can process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER.
  • the relevant introductions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above please refer to the relevant introductions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above, which will not be described again.
  • the RAN device can also determine the execution conditions based on the relevant information of the service, so that the RAN device can select the specified value of PER based on the execution conditions.
  • the relevant information of the service can be determined from the relevant information of the service.
  • the SMF network element sends the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the UE.
  • the UE receives the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow from the SMF network element.
  • the corresponding relationship between business-related information and QoS flows can be carried in existing messages, such as any possible NAS messages, to achieve signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency.
  • the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow can also be carried in the newly created message, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the UE determines the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service, and processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER.
  • the UE can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service, and the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service and the QoS flow. In this way, the UE can process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER.
  • the relevant introductions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above please refer to the relevant introductions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above, which will not be described again.
  • the UE can also determine the execution conditions based on the relevant information of the service, so that the UE can select the designated value of PER according to the execution conditions.
  • the relevant information of the service so that the UE can select the designated value of PER according to the execution conditions.
  • S1607-S1608 are optional steps.
  • the SMF network element can only send the correspondence between service-related information and QoS flows to the RAN device.
  • the RAN device can also send the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the UE, so that the UE can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the corresponding relationship.
  • the RAN device can send the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow to the UE, that is, the RAN device can directly configure the PER of the QoS flow granularity for the UE, so as to reduce the UE overhead and improve the battery life.
  • the RAN device can also send execution conditions to the UE, that is, the RAN device can directly configure execution conditions for the UE, thereby reducing UE overhead and improving battery life.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart 6 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method is suitable for communication between terminals, access network equipment, session management network elements, and policy control network elements in the above communication system. As shown in Figure 17, the flow of this communication method is as follows:
  • the policy control network element receives service-related information from the application function.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame characteristic information or frame loss rate limit information.
  • the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information may also include at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service.
  • the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the frame loss rate limit information is used to indicate that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit.
  • S1702 The policy control network element sends service-related information to the session management network element.
  • the session management network element receives service-related information from the policy control network element.
  • PCC rules business-related information is carried in PCC rules. That is, the policy control network element sends the PCC rule to the session management network element.
  • the session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries service-related information.
  • the session management network element sends the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the access network device. corresponding , the access network device receives the corresponding relationship between the service-related information from the session management network element and the QoS flow.
  • the session management network element can map PCC rules to QoS flows. For example, the session management network element determines that the service information in the PCC rule is the same as the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, and maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter; or the session management network element determines that the service information in the PCC rule is the same. The service information is different from the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters. Create a QoS flow and map the PCC rules to the created QoS flow. In this way, the session management network element can send the corresponding relationship (that is, the mapping relationship) between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the access network device.
  • the session management network element can send the corresponding relationship (that is, the mapping relationship) between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the access network device.
  • the access network device determines the PER based on the relevant information of the service, and processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER.
  • the access network device can determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information.
  • the access network device determines the PER based on the number of data packets and frame loss rate limit information.
  • the PER can take a specified value.
  • the specified value of the PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%.
  • the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
  • the access network device can determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration.
  • the access network device determines execution conditions based on service-related information.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #1 is used to indicate that within the specified time of the service
  • PER is the specified value
  • execution condition #2 is used to indicate the specified value of PER in the case of packet loss or frame loss
  • execution condition #3 is used to indicate that PER is in the specified time.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the access network equipment can also use other methods to ensure the frame loss rate limit, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the access network device can adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, thereby sending the QoS flow according to the adjusted link resources.
  • This QoS flow corresponds to the data packet of the service.
  • the access network device can also determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information of the service. In this way, the access network device can process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
  • the session management network element sends the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow from the session management network element.
  • S1705 can also refer to the above-mentioned S1607, as well as the relevant introduction in the above-mentioned Scenario 1 to Scenario 3, and will not be described again.
  • the access network device sends the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the access network device.
  • the access network device can also send execution conditions to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives Execution conditions for self-access network equipment.
  • S1705 and S1706 are optional steps, that is, configuring service-related information for the terminal so that the terminal can determine the PER by itself, and/or you can also directly configure the PER for the terminal.
  • the terminal can also use other methods to ensure the frame loss rate limit, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • S1707 The terminal processes data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • the terminal can determine the PER corresponding to the service according to the relevant information of the service, and map the PER to the QoS flow according to the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service and the QoS flow. In this way, the terminal can process data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER. For example, the terminal can determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
  • the terminal can also determine the execution conditions of the PER based on service-related information.
  • the terminal can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, thereby sending the QoS according to the adjusted link resources.
  • the flow corresponds to the data packet of the service.
  • the terminal can also determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information in the relevant information of the service. In this way, the terminal can also process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
  • the access network device can determine the PER corresponding to the service, such as the PER that meets the frame loss rate limit of the service. In this way, the access network device can directly send the data packet of the service based on the PER without identifying the header information corresponding to the data packet, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service and ensuring the QoS quality of the service through lower overhead.
  • the core network such as the PCF network element
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to Figures 12-17.
  • the communication device used to perform the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 18-20.
  • the communication device is applicable to the above scenarios 1 to 3. Details are introduced below.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1800 may include some functional modules for executing the PCF network elements in the above scenarios 1 to 3, or Policies control the functions of network elements.
  • the communication device 1800 includes: a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802.
  • the processing module 1802 is used to obtain the PER corresponding to the service; the transceiving module 1801 is used to send the PER to the session management network element.
  • PER is used by terminals or access network equipment to process service data packets based on PER.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%.
  • the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%
  • the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B
  • the specified value of PER is C
  • the value of A is greater than 0
  • B is a positive integer.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is also used to receive the PER from the application function.
  • the PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the PER is used to process service data at the terminal or access network equipment. packet, so that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit.
  • PER is further determined based on the number of intra-frame data packets of the service.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is also used to receive frame loss rate limit information from the service of the application function; the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information.
  • the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or the access network device processes the data packet of the service.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is also used to receive the frame characteristic information of the service from the application function; the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service based on the frame characteristic information, and to determine the number of data packets in the frame according to the frame loss of the service. The number of data packets within the frame of rate-limited information and services determines the PER.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service.
  • the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • PER is determined based on frame loss rate limit information.
  • PER is determined based on packet number and frame loss rate limit information.
  • PER is carried in the PCC rules.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is also used to send the execution conditions of the PER to the session management network element.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the transceiver module 1801 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device 1800
  • the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device 1800.
  • the communication device 1800 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module 1802 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1800 can perform the functions of the PCF network element in the communication method as shown in Figures 12-14, or perform the policy control network in the communication method as shown in Figure 15 Yuan function.
  • the communication device 1800 can be a network device, such as a PCF network element, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the network device, or a device including network devices. This application describes This is not limited.
  • Figure 19 is a second structural schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1900 may include some functional modules for executing the SMF network elements in the above scenarios 1 to 3. Or the function of session management network element.
  • the communication device 1900 includes: a receiving module 1901 and a sending module 1902.
  • the receiving module 1901 is used to receive the PER corresponding to the service from the policy control network element; the sending module 1902, used to send the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow to the terminal and/or access network device.
  • the corresponding relationship is used for the access network device or terminal to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
  • PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network device processes the data packet of the service.
  • the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the receiving module 1901 is also used to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element, where the PCC rules carry PER.
  • the communication device 1900 may further include: a processing module (not shown in Figure 19). This processing module is used to map PCC rules to QoS flows.
  • the processing module is also used to determine that the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the existing QoS flow parameter, and map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter.
  • the processing module is also used to determine that the PER in the PCC rule is different from the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters, create a QoS flow, and map the PCC rule to the created QoS flow.
  • the receiving module 1901 is also used to receive the execution conditions of the PER from the policy control network element; the sending module 1902 is also used to send the execution conditions of the PER to the terminal or access network device.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the receiving module 1901 is also configured to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element.
  • the PCC rules carry the execution conditions of the PER.
  • the sending module 1902 and the receiving module 1901 can also be integrated into a transceiving module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 1900.
  • the communication device 1900 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1900 can perform the functions of the SMF network element in the communication method as shown in Figures 12-14, or perform the session management network element in the communication method as shown in Figure 15 function.
  • the communication device 1900 may be a network device, such as an SMF network element, or may be configured on the network.
  • the chip (system) or other components or components in the network equipment may also be a device including the network equipment, which is not limited in this application.
  • the communication device 1800 may include some functional modules for performing the functions of the UE or RAN device, or the terminal or the access network device in the above scenarios 1 to 3.
  • the communication device 1800 includes: a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is used to receive the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the session management network element.
  • the PER corresponds to the business.
  • the processing module 1802 is used to process data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
  • PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  • the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network device processes the data packet of the service.
  • the PER is further determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service and the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the transceiving module 1801 is also configured to receive the frame characteristic information of the service; the processing module 1802 is also configured to determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information. In addition, the processing module 1802 is also configured to process data corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER in a manner of discarding data packets in the same frame.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is also used to receive the execution conditions of the PER from the session management network element.
  • the execution condition of PER can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the processing module 1802 is also configured to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources corresponding to the adjusted link. path resources, and controls the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the transceiver module 1801 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to implement communication
  • the sending function of the device 1800 and the receiving module are used to implement the receiving function of the communication device 1800 .
  • the communication device 1800 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module 1802 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1800 can perform the functions of the UE or RAN device in the communication method as shown in Figure 12-14, or perform the terminal or RAN device in the communication method as shown in Figure 15. Functions of access network equipment.
  • the communication device 1800 may be a terminal or network equipment, such as a UE or RAN equipment, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that can be disposed in the terminal or network equipment, or may include a terminal or network device.
  • the device of the equipment is not limited in this application.
  • the communication device is suitable for the above scenario 4. Details are introduced below.
  • the communication device 1900 may include some functional modules for executing the functions of the SMF network element or the session management network element in the above scenario 4.
  • the communication device 1900 includes: a receiving module 1901 and a sending module 1902.
  • the receiving module 1901 is used to receive service-related information from the policy control network element.
  • the sending module 1902 is configured to send service-related information to the access network device, as well as the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit.
  • the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER.
  • the PER is used for the terminal or interface.
  • the network access device processes service data packets based on the PER.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the receiving module 1901 is also used to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element.
  • the PCC rules carry business-related information.
  • the communication device 1900 may further include: a processing module (not shown in Figure 19). This processing module is used to map PCC rules to QoS flows.
  • the processing module is also used to determine that the service information in the PCC rule is the same as the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, and map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter; or, the processing module is also used In order to determine that the service information in the PCC rule is different from the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, a QoS flow is created, and the PCC rule is mapped to the created QoS flow.
  • the sending module 1902 is also used to send service-related information to the terminal, as well as the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow.
  • the sending module 1902 and the receiving module 1901 can also be integrated into a transceiving module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 1900.
  • the communication device 1900 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1900 can perform the function of the SMF network element in the communication method as shown in Figure 16, or the function of the session management network element in the communication method as shown in Figure 17.
  • the communication device 1900 may be a network device, such as an SMF network element, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the network device, or a device including network devices. This application is intended to This is not limited.
  • the technical effects of the communication device 1900 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 , which will not be described again here.
  • the communication device 1800 may include some functional modules for performing the functions of the RAN device or the access network device in the above scenario 4.
  • the communication device 1800 includes: a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is used to receive service-related information from the session management network element, as well as the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow; the processing module 1802 is used to determine the PER according to the service-related information. , processing the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit, and the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the processing module 1802 is also configured to determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information of the service. In addition, the processing module 1802 is also configured to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER in a manner of discarding the data packets in the same frame.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value of PER is C, and the value of A Greater than 0, B is a positive integer.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is also used to send the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal.
  • the corresponding relationship is used by the terminal to process data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
  • the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the execution conditions of the PER based on business-related information.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the processing module 1802 is also configured to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources corresponding to the adjusted link.
  • road resources Control the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • transceiver module 1801 is also used to send the execution conditions of the PER to the terminal.
  • the transceiver module 1801 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device 1800
  • the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device 1800.
  • the communication device 1800 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module 1802 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1800 can perform the functions of the RAN device in the communication method as shown in Figure 16, or perform the functions of the access network device in the communication method as shown in Figure 17.
  • the communication device 1800 may be a network device, such as a RAN device, or it may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be disposed in the network device, or it may be a device including a network device. This application will No restrictions.
  • the technical effects of the communication device 1800 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 , which will not be described again here.
  • the communication device 1800 may include some functional modules for performing the functions of the UE or terminal in the above scenario 4.
  • the communication device 1800 includes: a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is used to receive the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow from the access network device, or to receive the corresponding relationship between the service-related information of the session management network element and the QoS flow; the processing module 1802 is used to receive the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow according to the PER. , processing and sending data packets corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit.
  • the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the PER is determined based on the relevant information of the service.
  • the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the processing module 1802 is also configured to determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information of the service. In addition, the processing module 1802 is also configured to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER in a manner of discarding the data packets in the same frame.
  • PER is a specified value.
  • the specified value satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ⁇ C ⁇ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
  • the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information.
  • the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the PER based on the number of data packets and the frame loss rate limit information.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is also used to receive the PER execution conditions from the access network device.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value.
  • the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
  • the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3.
  • Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets.
  • Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
  • the processing module 1802 is also configured to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources corresponding to the adjusted link. path resources, and controls the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the transceiver module 1801 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device 1800
  • the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device 1800.
  • the communication device 1800 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module 1802 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1800 can perform the functions of the UE in the communication method as shown in Figure 16, or the functions of the terminal in the communication method as shown in Figure 17.
  • the communication device 1800 may be a terminal, such as a UE, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the terminal, or a device including a terminal, which is not limited in this application.
  • the technical effects of the communication device 1800 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 , which will not be described again here.
  • the communication device 1900 may include some functional modules for executing the functions of the PCF network element or the policy control network element in the above scenario 4.
  • the communication device 1900 includes: a receiving module 1901 and a sending module 1902.
  • the receiving module 1901 is used to receive service-related information from the application function; the sending module 1902 is used to send service-related information to the session management network element.
  • the service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information.
  • the frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit, and the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  • the relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER, and the PER is used by the terminal or access network equipment to process the data packets of the service based on the PER.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
  • the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
  • BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service
  • time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  • the sending module 1902 is also used to send PCC rules to the session management network element, where the PCC rules carry service-related information.
  • the sending module 1902 and the receiving module 1901 can also be integrated into a transceiving module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 1900.
  • the communication device 1900 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1900 can perform the functions of the PCF network element in the communication method as shown in Figure 16, or perform the functions of the policy control network element in the communication method as shown in Figure 17.
  • the communication device 1900 can be a network device, such as a PCF network element, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the network device, or a device including network devices. This application describes This is not limited.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram three of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be a terminal, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the terminal.
  • the communication device 2000 may include a processor 2001.
  • the communication device 2000 may also include a memory 2002 and/or a transceiver 2003.
  • the processor 2001 is coupled to the memory 2002 and the transceiver 2003, for example, through a communication bus.
  • the processor 2001 is the control center of the communication device 2000, and may be a processor or a collective name for multiple processing elements.
  • the processor 2001 is one or more central processing units (CPUs), may also be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or may be configured to implement one or more embodiments of the present application.
  • An integrated circuit such as one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA).
  • the processor 2001 can perform various functions of the communication device 2000 by running or executing software programs stored in the memory 2002 and calling data stored in the memory 2002, for example, performing the functions shown in FIGS. 12 to 17 above. communication method.
  • the processor 2001 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the communication device 2000 may also include multiple processors, such as the processor 2001 and the processor 2004 shown in FIG. 20 .
  • processors can be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU).
  • a processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the memory 2002 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 2001 for execution.
  • the memory 2002 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 2001 for execution.
  • the memory 2002 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory (RAM)) or a random access memory (RAM) that can store information and instructions.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • Other types of dynamic storage devices for instructions can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical discs Storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other media capable of being accessed by a computer, without limitation.
  • the memory 2002 may be integrated with the processor 2001, or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 2001 through the interface circuit (not shown
  • Transceiver 2003 used for communication with other communication devices.
  • the communication device 2000 is a terminal, and the transceiver 2003 can be used to communicate with a network device or with another terminal device.
  • the communication device 2000 is a network device, and the transceiver 2003 can be used to communicate with a terminal or another network device.
  • the transceiver 2003 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not shown separately in Figure 20). Among them, the receiver is used to implement the receiving function, and the transmitter is used to implement the sending function.
  • the transceiver 2003 can be integrated with the processor 2001, or can exist independently and communicate through The interface circuit (not shown in Figure 20) of the device 2000 is coupled to the processor 2001, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the structure of the communication device 2000 shown in Figure 20 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the actual communication device may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined, or Different component arrangements.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application can be a central processing unit (CPU).
  • the processor can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), special-purpose integrated processors, etc.
  • Circuit application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • non-volatile memory may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • RAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (such as circuits), firmware, or any other combination.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmit to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that contains one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “plurality” refers to two or more.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Abstract

The present application belongs to the technical field of communications. Provided are a communication method and apparatus, which aim to guarantee the QoS quality of a service by means of relatively low overheads. In the method, a PER corresponding to a service is configured for a terminal or an access network device, for example, a PER meeting a frame loss rate limit of the service, such that the terminal or the access network device can directly process a data packet of the service according to the PER without the need for identifying header information corresponding to the data packet, thereby guaranteeing the frame loss rate of the service by means of relatively low overheads, and thus the QoS quality of the service is guaranteed. The method can be applied to a 4G communication system, a 5G communication system, or a future communication system.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication methods and devices
本申请要求于2022年03月26日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210308243.6、申请名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on March 26, 2022, with application number 202210308243.6 and the application name "Communication Method and Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
新空口(new radio,NR)中逐渐渗入一些实时性强、数据容量要求大的多媒体业务。例如,扩展现实(extended reality,XR)、触觉互联网等。这些业务对服务质量(quality of service,QoS)的要求很高,以确保良好的用户体验。但由于接入网设备并不感知这些业务的数据包与帧的对应关系,导致后续渲染的数据常常与帧不对应,出现画面丢帧、帧跳跃、或帧滞、或者画面与音频不一致等的情况,影响业务的QoS质量。New radio (NR) is gradually incorporating some multimedia services with strong real-time performance and large data capacity requirements. For example, extended reality (XR), tactile Internet, etc. These businesses have very high requirements on quality of service (QoS) to ensure a good user experience. However, because the access network equipment does not perceive the correspondence between the data packets and frames of these services, the subsequently rendered data often does not correspond to the frames, resulting in frame loss, frame skipping, or frame lag, or inconsistency between the picture and audio, etc. situation, affecting the QoS quality of the business.
针对这一问题,目前的解决方案是在数据包中添加帧与数据包的对应关系,以缓解画面丢帧、帧跳跃、或帧滞、或者画面与音频不一致等的情况,保障业务的QoS质量。但这种方式需要接入网设备识别每个数据包对应的头信息,开销很大。In response to this problem, the current solution is to add the corresponding relationship between frames and data packets in the data packet to alleviate the situation of frame loss, frame jump, or frame lag, or inconsistency between the picture and audio, etc., and ensure the QoS quality of the business . However, this method requires the access network device to identify the header information corresponding to each data packet, which is very expensive.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,以实现通过较低的开销来保障业务的QoS质量。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device to ensure QoS quality of services through lower overhead.
为达到上述目的,本申请采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above purpose, this application adopts the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法包括:策略控制网元获得与业务对应的包错误率PER,向会话管理网元发送PER。其中,PER用于终端或接入网设备根据PER,处理业务的数据包。The first aspect is to provide a communication method. The method includes: the policy control network element obtains the packet error rate PER corresponding to the service, and sends the PER to the session management network element. Among them, PER is used by terminals or access network equipment to process service data packets based on PER.
根据第一方面所述的方法可知,通过为终端或接入网设备配置与业务对应的PER,例如满足业务的丢帧率限制的PER,使得终端或接入网设备可直接根据该PER处理该业务的数据包,无需识别数据包对应的头信息,以实现通过较低的开销来保障业务的丢帧率,从而保障业务的QoS质量。According to the method described in the first aspect, by configuring the terminal or access network device with a PER corresponding to the service, such as a PER that meets the frame loss rate limit of the service, the terminal or access network device can directly process the frame loss based on the PER. For business data packets, there is no need to identify the header information corresponding to the data packet, so as to ensure the frame loss rate of the business through lower overhead, thereby ensuring the QoS quality of the business.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。也就是说,策略控制网元可以指示终端或接入网设备使用哪个取值的PER,无需终端或接入网设备确定或者调整PER,以降低设备开销,提高运行效率。例如,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,业务的丢帧率限制为A%。其中,业务的帧内(如一个帧内)的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。可以看出,PER为A%是相对宽松的丢包率条件,而PER为A/B%是相对严格的丢包率条件,两者一个构成一个范围,如[A/B%,A%],使得PCF网元可以在该范围内选择适合的PER,以兼顾设备开销和业务需求。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value. In other words, the policy control network element can instruct the terminal or access network equipment which value of PER to use, without the terminal or access network equipment needing to determine or adjust the PER, so as to reduce equipment overhead and improve operating efficiency. For example, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, and the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%. Among them, the number of data packets in the service frame (such as one frame) is B, the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer. It can be seen that a PER of A% is a relatively loose packet loss rate condition, while a PER of A/B% is a relatively strict packet loss rate condition. Each of the two constitutes a range, such as [A/B%, A%] , so that the PCF network element can select a suitable PER within this range to take into account equipment overhead and business requirements.
一种可能的设计方案中,策略控制网元获得业务对应的PER,包括:策略控制网元接收来自应用功能的业务的PER,以降低策略控制网元的开销,提高运行效率。其中,该PER 是根据业务的丢帧率限制确定的。该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足丢帧率限制。其中,根据丢帧率限制确定PER可以是将丢帧率限制确定为PER。例如,丢帧率限制为A%,PER也为A%,用以在特定情况下(如同一帧内丢包)满足业务的丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, the policy control network element obtains the PER corresponding to the service, including: the policy control network element receives the PER of the service from the application function, so as to reduce the overhead of the policy control network element and improve operating efficiency. Among them, the PER It is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. This PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit when the terminal or access network equipment processes the data packets of the service. Wherein, determining the PER according to the frame loss rate limit may be determining the frame loss rate limit as the PER. For example, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, and the PER is also A%, which is used to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service under specific circumstances (such as packet loss within the same frame).
可选地,PER进一步根据业务的帧的内数据包数量确定。例如,策略控制网元确定业务的丢帧率限制和业务的帧内的数据包数量的之间的商值,并将商值确定为PER,用以在任意情况下(如任意帧内丢包)满足业务的丢帧率限制。Optionally, the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the service frame. For example, the policy control network element determines the quotient between the frame loss rate limit of the service and the number of data packets in the frame of the service, and determines the quotient value as PER, which is used to detect packet loss in any frame under any circumstances (such as packet loss in any frame). ) meets the frame loss rate limit of the service.
另一种可能的设计方案中,策略控制网元获得业务对应的PER,包括:策略控制网元接收来自应用功能的业务的丢帧率限制信息,并根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。也即,应用功能可以只提供业务信息,由策略控制网元自行确定PER,以降低应用功能的开销,提高运行效率。其中,该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足业务的丢帧率限制。In another possible design solution, the policy control network element obtains the PER corresponding to the service, including: the policy control network element receives the frame loss rate limit information of the service from the application function, and determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. That is to say, the application function can only provide service information, and the policy control network element determines the PER on its own, so as to reduce the overhead of the application function and improve operating efficiency. Among them, the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or the access network device processes the data packet of the service.
可选地,第一方面所述的方法还可以包括:策略控制网元接收来自应用功能的业务的帧特征信息,并根据帧特征信息,确定业务的帧内的数据包数量。相应的,策略控制网元根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER,包括:策略控制网元根据丢帧率限制信息和业务的帧内的数据包数量,确定PER。Optionally, the method described in the first aspect may further include: the policy control network element receives frame characteristic information of the service from the application function, and determines the number of data packets in the frame of the service based on the frame characteristic information. Correspondingly, the policy control network element determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information, including: the policy control network element determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information and the number of data packets in the service frame.
可选地,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。其中,帧周期和数据包周期可用于确定该业务的帧内的数据包数量(记为帧内数据包数量)。例如,帧内数据包数量=帧周期/数据包周期;或者,最大数据包数量也可用于确定帧内数据包数量,如帧内数据包数量=最大数据包数量;或者,最大数据突发量也可用于确定帧内数据包数量,如帧内数据包数量=最大数据突发量/最大传输单元MTU。如此,策略控制网元可以选择自身能够识别的参数来确定帧内数据包数量,避免因为策略控制网元不支持上述某些参数,而导致其无法确定帧内数据包数量,以保证方案的可靠性。并且,在这种情况下,根据帧内数据包数量确定PER,还可以确保业务的丢帧率在任意情况下都满足丢帧率限制。Optionally, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period. Among them, the frame period and data packet period can be used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service (recorded as the number of data packets in the frame). For example, the number of data packets in a frame = frame period/packet period; or, the maximum number of data packets can also be used to determine the number of data packets in a frame, such as the number of data packets in a frame = the maximum number of data packets; or, the maximum number of data bursts It can also be used to determine the number of data packets in a frame, such as the number of data packets in a frame = maximum data burst amount/maximum transmission unit MTU. In this way, the policy control network element can select parameters that it can recognize to determine the number of data packets in the frame, to avoid being unable to determine the number of data packets in the frame because the policy control network element does not support some of the above parameters, so as to ensure the reliability of the solution. sex. Moreover, in this case, determining the PER based on the number of data packets in the frame can also ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit under any circumstances.
进一步的,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:突发到达时间BAT、或时间信息。其中,BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间。如此,终端或接入网设备能够根据帧特征信息,确定属于同一帧的数据包,实现以帧为粒度,更准确地计算业务的丢包率。例如,终端或接入网设备确定第一个数据包到达之后多长时间内的到达数据包均为同一帧内的数据包。此外,时间信息可以用于指示业务的帧的时间(记为帧时间)。如此,终端或接入网设备还可以根据时间信息,在不同的时间采用不同的PER,以兼顾设备开销和业务需求。例如,对业务在某些时间内的非关键帧,可以采用根据丢帧率限制信息确定的PER,以节约开销;对业务在某些时间内的关键帧,可以采用进一步根据帧内数据包数量确定的PER,以尽量避免关键帧丢帧,保障业务需求。Further, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: burst arrival time BAT, or time information. Among them, BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service. In this way, the terminal or access network equipment can determine the data packets belonging to the same frame based on the frame characteristic information, thereby achieving a more accurate calculation of the packet loss rate of the service at the frame granularity. For example, the terminal or access network device determines how long after the first data packet arrives, all arriving data packets are data packets in the same frame. In addition, the time information may be used to indicate the time of the frame of the service (denoted as frame time). In this way, the terminal or access network equipment can also use different PERs at different times based on time information to take into account equipment overhead and business needs. For example, for non-key frames of the business within certain periods of time, the PER determined based on the frame loss rate limit information can be used to save overhead; for the key frames of the business within certain periods of time, the PER can be used based on the number of data packets in the frame. Determine the PER to avoid key frame loss and ensure business requirements.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER携带在策略与计费控制PCC规则中,以实现信元复用,提高通信效率。In one possible design solution, PER is carried in the policy and charging control PCC rules to achieve cell reuse and improve communication efficiency.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一方面所述的方法还可以包括:策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送PER的执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指 定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值,以便终端或接入网设备能够在对应的情况下选择适合的执行条件,以兼顾设备开销和业务需求。In a possible design solution, the method described in the first aspect may further include: the policy control network element sends the execution condition of the PER to the session management network element. The execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within the specified time of the business, the PER is The specified value, or the specified value of PER in the case of packet loss or frame loss, so that the terminal or access network equipment can select appropriate execution conditions in the corresponding situation to take into account equipment overhead and business needs.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C,以尽量避免出现关键帧丢帧;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%,以实现在满足业务需求的情况下尽量降低设备开销。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。也就是说,随着丢帧数和/或丢包数在业务允许的范围内增加,PER从相对宽松的丢包率条件逐渐变为相对严格的丢包率条件,实现在丢帧或丢包增多的情况下,通过提高PER的限制来缓解丢帧或丢包,以保障业务的QoS质量。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。例如,在终端或接入网设备以帧为粒度计算丢包的情况下,如果终端或接入网设备确定同一帧内丢包下,则可以根据执行条件#3,保持PER的指定取值不变。也就是说,对于已经出现丢包的帧,这一帧已经丢失了。此时,如果这一帧继续丢包,也不会影响业务的丢帧率,因此可以保持PER的指定取值不变,以避免增加无效开销,提高设备的运行效率。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C, so as to avoid key frame loss as much as possible; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, The specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%, so as to minimize equipment overhead while meeting business requirements. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. That is to say, as the number of frame loss and/or packet loss increases within the allowable range of the business, the PER gradually changes from a relatively loose packet loss rate condition to a relatively strict packet loss rate condition, achieving better performance in frame loss or packet loss. In the case of increased traffic, frame or packet loss can be alleviated by increasing the PER limit to ensure the QoS quality of the business. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged. For example, when the terminal or access network device calculates packet loss at frame granularity, if the terminal or access network device determines that packet loss occurs within the same frame, the specified value of PER can be kept unchanged according to execution condition #3. Change. In other words, for a frame that has already experienced packet loss, this frame has been lost. At this time, if this frame continues to lose packets, it will not affect the frame loss rate of the service. Therefore, the specified value of PER can be kept unchanged to avoid increasing invalid overhead and improve the operating efficiency of the device.
可选地,PER的执行条件携带在PCC规则中,以实现信元复用,提高通信效率。Optionally, the execution conditions of PER are carried in PCC rules to realize cell multiplexing and improve communication efficiency.
第二方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法包括:会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的与业务对应的包错误率PER,并向终端和/或接入网设备发送PER与QoS流的对应关系。其中,该对应关系用于接入网设备或终端根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。The second aspect is to provide a communication method. The method includes: the session management network element receives the packet error rate PER corresponding to the service from the policy control network element, and sends the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal and/or the access network device. The corresponding relationship is used for the access network device or terminal to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,业务的丢帧率限制为A%,业务的帧内的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER根据业务的丢帧率限制确定。该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,业务的丢帧率满足业务的丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. This PER is used to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network equipment processes the data packets of the service.
可选地,PER可根据业务的丢帧率限制和业务的帧内的数据包数量确定。Optionally, PER can be determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service and the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
可选地,业务的帧内的数据包数量根据业务的帧特征信息确定,该帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。Optionally, the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service. The frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
进一步的,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Further, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的业务对应的PER,包括:会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,该PCC规则携带有PER。In a possible design solution, the session management network element receives the PER corresponding to the service from the policy control network element, including: the session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries the PER.
可选地,第二方面所述的方法还可以包括:会话管理网元将PCC规则映射至QoS流,以实现以QoS流为粒度保障业务的QoS质量。Optionally, the method described in the second aspect may also include: the session management network element maps the PCC rules to the QoS flow, so as to ensure the QoS quality of the service with the QoS flow as a granularity.
进一步的,会话管理网元将PCC规则映射至QoS流,包括:会话管理网元确定PCC规则中的PER与已有的QoS流参数中的PER相同,将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流,以实现复用已有QoS流,降低开销。或者,会话管理网元确定PER与已有的QoS流参数中的PER不同,创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流,避免PCC规则影响已有的QoS流。Further, the session management network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow, including: the session management network element determines that the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the existing QoS flow parameter, and maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow parameter corresponding to QoS flows to reuse existing QoS flows and reduce overhead. Alternatively, the session management network element determines that the PER is different from the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters, creates a QoS flow, and maps the PCC rule to the created QoS flow to prevent the PCC rule from affecting the existing QoS flow.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二方面所述的方法还可以包括:会话管理网元接收来自策 略控制网元的PER的执行条件,并向终端或接入网设备发送PER的执行条件。其中,执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In a possible design solution, the method described in the second aspect may also include: the session management network element receives a self-policy The execution condition of the PER of the network element is slightly controlled, and the execution condition of the PER is sent to the terminal or access network device. Among them, the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C。或者,指定时间内包括为非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C. Or, included within the specified time are non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
进一步的,会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的PER的执行条件包括:会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,PCC规则携带有PER的执行条件。Further, the execution conditions for the session management network element to receive the PER from the policy control network element include: the session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries the execution condition for the PER.
此外,第二方面所述的通信方法的其它技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, other technical effects of the communication method described in the second aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the first aspect, which will not be described again here.
第三方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法包括:接收来自会话管理网元的PER与QoS流的对应关系,并根据PER,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。其中,该PER与该业务对应。The third aspect is to provide a communication method. The method includes: receiving a correspondence between a PER and a QoS flow from a session management network element, and processing data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER. Among them, the PER corresponds to the business.
一种可能的设计方案中,根据PER,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包,包括:根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,根据该链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,以确保该业务的丢帧率满足丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, processing the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER includes: determining the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER, and sending the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration. To ensure that the frame loss rate of this service meets the frame loss rate limit.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,业务的丢帧率限制为A%,业务的帧内的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER是根据业务的丢帧率限制确定的。该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足业务的丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. The PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network device processes the data packet of the service.
可选地,PER是进一步根据业务的帧内的数据包数量确定的。Optionally, the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
可选地,业务的帧内的数据包数量根据业务的帧特征信息确定,该帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。Optionally, the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service. The frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
进一步的,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Further, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,第三方面所述的方法还可以包括:接收业务的帧特征信息,并根据该帧特征信息,确定属于该业务的同一帧内的数据包。相应的,根据PER,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包,包括:根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据,以保证该业务的丢帧率满足丢帧率限制。Optionally, the method described in the third aspect may further include: receiving frame characteristic information of the service, and determining, based on the frame characteristic information, data packets in the same frame belonging to the service. Correspondingly, processing the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER includes: processing the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER in a manner of discarding data packets in the same frame to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the loss requirement. Frame rate limit.
一种可能的设计方案中,第三方面所述的方法还可以包括:接收来自会话管理网元的PER的执行条件。其中,PER的执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In a possible design solution, the method described in the third aspect may further include: receiving execution conditions of the PER from the session management network element. Among them, the execution condition of PER can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C; 或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; Or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,第三方面所述的方法还可以包括:根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,以确保该业务的丢帧率始终满足丢帧率限制。Optionally, the method described in the third aspect may also include: adjusting the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjusting the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resource corresponding to the QoS flow according to the specified value after adjustment of PER. After adjusting the link resources, send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service always meets the frame loss rate limit.
第三方面所述的通信方法的其它技术效果可以参考第一方面或第二方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For other technical effects of the communication method described in the third aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the communication method described in the first aspect or the second aspect, and will not be described again here.
第四方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法包括:会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的业务的相关信息,并向接入网设备发送业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量,业务的相关信息用于确定PER,该PER用于终端或接入网设备根据该PER,处理业务的数据包。The fourth aspect is to provide a communication method. The method includes: the session management network element receives service-related information from the policy control network element, and sends the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the access network device. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit. The frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service. The relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER. The PER is used for the terminal or interface. The network access device processes service data packets based on the PER.
根据第四方面所述的方法可知,通过为接入网设备配置业务的相关信息,使得接入网设备可以根据业务的相关信息,确定业务对应的PER,例如满足业务的丢帧率限制的PER。这样,接入网设备可直接根据该PER处理该业务的数据包,无需识别数据包对应的头信息,以实现通过较低的开销来保障业务的丢帧率,保障业务的QoS质量。According to the method described in the fourth aspect, by configuring service-related information for the access network device, the access network device can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the service-related information, such as the PER that satisfies the frame loss rate limit of the service. . In this way, the access network equipment can directly process the data packets of the service based on the PER without identifying the corresponding header information of the data packets, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service and ensuring the QoS quality of the service through lower overhead.
一种可能的设计方案中,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息,BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的业务的相关信息,包括:会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,PCC规则携带有业务的相关信息。In a possible design solution, the session management network element receives service-related information from the policy control network element, including: the session management network element receives PCC rules from the policy control network element, and the PCC rules carry service-related information.
可选地,第四方面所述的方法还可以包括:会话管理网元将PCC规则映射至QoS流。Optionally, the method described in the fourth aspect may further include: the session management network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
进一步的,会话管理网元将PCC规则映射至QoS流,包括:会话管理网元确定PCC规则中业务的信息与已有的QoS流参数中业务的信息相同,将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流;或者,会话管理网元确定PCC规则中业务的信息与已有的QoS流参数中业务的信息不同,创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流。Further, the session management network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow, including: the session management network element determines that the service information in the PCC rule is the same as the service information in the existing QoS flow parameter, and maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow parameter. The corresponding QoS flow; or, the session management network element determines that the service information in the PCC rule is different from the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, creates a QoS flow, and maps the PCC rule to the created QoS flow.
一种可能的设计方案中,第四方面所述的方法还可以包括:会话管理网元向终端发送业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系,以便终端可以该对应关系确定业务对应的PER,从而直接根据该PER,处理该QoS流对应的业务的数据包,无需识别每个数据包对应的头信息,以实现通过较低的开销来保障业务的丢帧率,保障业务的QoS质量。In a possible design solution, the method described in the fourth aspect may also include: the session management network element sending the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service and the QoS flow to the terminal, so that the terminal can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the corresponding relationship, thereby The data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow are processed directly based on the PER without identifying the header information corresponding to each data packet, so as to ensure the frame loss rate of the service and the QoS quality of the service through lower overhead.
此外,第四方面所述的通信方法的其它技术效果可以参考第一方面至第三方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for other technical effects of the communication method described in the fourth aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the communication methods described in the first to third aspects, which will not be described again here.
第五方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法包括:接入网设备接收来自会话管理网元的业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系,并根据业务的相关信息,确定PER,以根据PER,处 理该QoS流对应的业务的数据包。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量。The fifth aspect provides a communication method. The method includes: the access network device receives the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service from the session management network element and the QoS flow, and determines the PER according to the relevant information of the service, so as to process according to the PER. Process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit, and the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,接入网设备根据PER,处理该QoS流对应的业务的数据包,包括:接入网设备根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,根据该链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。In one possible design solution, the access network device processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, including: the access network device determines the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and based on the link configuration, Send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
一种可能的设计方案中,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,第五方面所述的方法还可以包括:接入网设备根据业务的帧特征信息,确定属于该业务的同一帧内的数据包。相应的,接入网设备根据PER,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包,包括:接入网设备根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the method described in the fifth aspect may further include: the access network device determines the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service according to the frame characteristic information of the service. Correspondingly, the access network device processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER, including: the access network device processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and discards the data packet in the same frame.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,丢帧率限制为A%,数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value of PER is C, and the value of A Greater than 0, B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,接入网设备根据业务的相关信息,确定QoS流对应的PER,包括:接入网设备根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。或者,接入网设备根据数据包数量和丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。In one possible design solution, the access network device determines the PER corresponding to the QoS flow based on service-related information, including: the access network device determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. Alternatively, the access network device determines the PER based on the number of data packets and frame loss rate limit information.
一种可能的设计方案中,第五方面所述的方法还可以包括:接入网设备向终端发送PER与QoS流的对应关系,即实现由接入网设备直接为终端配置QoS流粒度的PER,以降低终端开销,提高续航时间。其中,对应关系用于终端根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。In a possible design solution, the method described in the fifth aspect may also include: the access network device sending the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal, that is, the access network device directly configures the PER of the QoS flow granularity for the terminal. , to reduce terminal overhead and improve battery life. The corresponding relationship is used for the terminal to process data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,第五方面所述的方法还可以包括:接入网设备根据业务的相关信息,确定PER的执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In a possible design solution, the method described in the fifth aspect may further include: the access network device determines the execution condition of the PER based on the relevant information of the service. The execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,第五方面所述的方法还可以包括:接入网设备根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the method described in the fifth aspect may further include: the access network device adjusts the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjusts the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER. , thereby sending the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted link resource.
进一步的,第五方面所述的方法还可以包括:接入网设备向终端发送PER的执行条件,也即通过接入网设备为终端配置该执行条件,以降低终端开销,提高续航时间。 Further, the method described in the fifth aspect may also include: the access network device sending the execution condition of the PER to the terminal, that is, configuring the execution condition for the terminal through the access network device, so as to reduce terminal overhead and improve battery life.
此外,第五方面所述的通信方法的其它技术效果可以参考第一方面至第四方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for other technical effects of the communication method described in the fifth aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the communication methods described in the first to fourth aspects, which will not be described again here.
第六方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法包括:终端接收来自接入网设备的PER与QoS流的对应关系,或者接收来自会话管理网元的业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系,从而根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量,PER根据业务的相关信息确定。The sixth aspect is to provide a communication method. The method includes: the terminal receives the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow from the access network device, or receives the corresponding relationship between the service related information and the QoS flow from the session management network element, so as to process the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER. data pack. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit. The frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service. The PER is determined based on the relevant information of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,终端根据PER,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包,包括:终端根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,根据该链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。In one possible design solution, the terminal processes data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, including: the terminal determines the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and sends data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration. Bag.
一种可能的设计方案中,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,第六方面所述的方法还可以包括:终端根据业务的帧特征信息,确定属该业务的同一帧内的数据包。相应的,终端根据PER,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包,包括:终端根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the method described in the sixth aspect may further include: the terminal determines the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service according to the frame characteristic information of the service. Correspondingly, the terminal processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER, including: the terminal processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and discards the data packets in the same frame.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,丢帧率限制为A%,数据包数量为B个,指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,第六方面所述的方法还可以包括:终端根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。或者,终端根据数据包数量和丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。In a possible design solution, the method described in the sixth aspect may further include: the terminal determines the PER according to the frame loss rate limit information. Alternatively, the terminal determines the PER based on the number of data packets and frame loss rate limit information.
一种可能的设计方案中,第六方面所述的方法还可以包括:终端接收来自接入网设备的PER的执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In a possible design solution, the method described in the sixth aspect may further include: the terminal receiving the execution condition of the PER from the access network device. The execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,第六方面所述的方法还可以包括:根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。此外,第六方面所述的通信方法的其它技术效果可以参考第一方面至第五方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the method described in the sixth aspect may also include: adjusting the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjusting the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resource corresponding to the QoS flow according to the specified value after adjustment of PER. After adjusting the link resources, send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow. In addition, for other technical effects of the communication method described in the sixth aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the communication methods described in the first to fifth aspects, which will not be described again here.
第七方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法包括:策略控制网元接收来自应用功能的业务的相关信息,向会话管理网元发送业务的相关信息。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢 帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量。业务的相关信息用于确定PER,PER用于终端或接入网设备根据PER,处理业务的数据包。The seventh aspect provides a communication method. The method includes: the policy control network element receives service-related information from the application function, and sends the service-related information to the session management network element. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate. Frame rate limit, frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service. The relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER, and the PER is used by the terminal or access network equipment to process the data packets of the service based on the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送业务的相关信息,包括:策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送PCC规则,其中,PCC规则携带有业务的相关信息。In a possible design solution, the policy control network element sends service-related information to the session management network element, including: the policy control network element sends PCC rules to the session management network element, where the PCC rules carry service-related information.
此外,第七方面所述的通信方法的其它技术效果可以参考第一方面至第六方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for other technical effects of the communication method described in the seventh aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the communication methods described in the first to sixth aspects, which will not be described again here.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:用于执行第一方面所述的方法的模块,如处理模块和收发模块。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: modules for executing the method described in the first aspect, such as a processing module and a transceiver module.
其中,处理模块,用于获得与业务对应的PER;收发模块,用于向会话管理网元发送PER。其中,PER用于终端或接入网设备根据PER,处理业务的数据包。Among them, the processing module is used to obtain the PER corresponding to the service; the transceiving module is used to send the PER to the session management network element. Among them, PER is used by terminals or access network equipment to process service data packets based on PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。例如,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%。其中,业务的丢帧率限制为A%,业务的帧内的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value. For example, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%. Among them, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于接收来自应用功能的PER。其中,该PER是根据业务的丢帧率限制确定的。该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, the transceiver module is also used to receive PER from the application function. Among them, the PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. This PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit when the terminal or access network equipment processes the data packets of the service.
可选地,PER是进一步根据业务的帧内的数据包数量确定的。Optionally, the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于接收来自应用功能的业务的丢帧率限制信息;处理模块,还用于根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。其中,该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足业务的丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, the transceiver module is also used to receive the frame loss rate limit information from the application function service; the processing module is also used to determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. Among them, the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or the access network device processes the data packet of the service.
可选地,收发模块,还用于接收来自应用功能的业务的帧特征信息;处理模块,还用于根据帧特征信息,确定业务的帧内的数据包数量,并根据业务的丢帧率限制信息和业务的帧内的数据包数量,确定PER。Optionally, the transceiver module is also used to receive the frame characteristic information of the service from the application function; the processing module is also used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service based on the frame characteristic information, and determine the frame loss rate limit of the service The number of data packets within a frame of information and services determines the PER.
可选地,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。Optionally, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
进一步的,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。其中,BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间。时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Further, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information. Among them, BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service. The time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,PER根据丢帧率限制信息确定。或者,PER根据数据包数量和丢帧率限制信息确定。Optionally, PER is determined based on frame loss rate limit information. Alternatively, PER is determined based on packet number and frame loss rate limit information.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER携带在PCC规则中。In one possible design solution, PER is carried in the PCC rules.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于向会话管理网元发送PER的执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或者PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In one possible design solution, the transceiver module is also used to send PER execution conditions to the session management network element. The execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件 #3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution conditions of PER include at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块。其中,发送模块用于实现第八方面所述的通信装置的发送功能,接收模块用于实现第八方面所述的通信装置的接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is used to implement the sending function of the communication device described in the eighth aspect, and the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
可选地,第八方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第一方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the eighth aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can execute the communication method described in the first aspect.
需要说明的是,第八方面所述的通信装置可以是网络设备,如策略控制网元,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device described in the eighth aspect may be a network device, such as a policy control network element, or may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be disposed in the network device, or may include a network device. device, this application does not limit this.
此外,第八方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the eighth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the first aspect, which will not be described again here.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:用于执行第二方面所述的方法的模块,如接收模块和发送模块。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: modules for performing the method described in the second aspect, such as a receiving module and a sending module.
其中,接收模块,用于接收来自策略控制网元的与业务对应的包错误率PER;发送模块,用于向终端和/或接入网设备发送PER与QoS流的对应关系。其中,该对应关系用于接入网设备或终端根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。Among them, the receiving module is used to receive the packet error rate PER corresponding to the service from the policy control network element; the sending module is used to send the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal and/or access network equipment. The corresponding relationship is used for the access network device or terminal to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,业务的丢帧率限制为A%,业务的帧内的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER是根据业务的丢帧率限制确定的。该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足业务的丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. The PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network device processes the data packet of the service.
可选地,PER是进一步根据业务的帧内的数据包数量确定的。Optionally, the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
可选地,业务的帧内的数据包数量根据业务的帧特征信息确定,该帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。Optionally, the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service. The frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
进一步的,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Further, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块,还用于接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,该PCC规则携带有PER。In a possible design solution, the receiving module is also used to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element, and the PCC rules carry PER.
可选地,第九方面所述的装置还可以包括:处理模块。该处理模块,用于将PCC规则映射至QoS流。Optionally, the device described in the ninth aspect may further include: a processing module. This processing module is used to map PCC rules to QoS flows.
进一步的,处理模块,还用于确定PCC规则中的PER与已有的QoS流参数中的PER相同,将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流。或者,处理模块,还用于确定PCC规则中的PER与已有的QoS流参数中的PER不同,创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流。Further, the processing module is also used to determine that the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the existing QoS flow parameter, and map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter. Alternatively, the processing module is also used to determine that the PER in the PCC rule is different from the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters, create a QoS flow, and map the PCC rule to the created QoS flow.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块,还用于接收来自策略控制网元的PER的执行条件; 发送模块,还用于向终端或接入网设备发送PER的执行条件。其中,执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In one possible design solution, the receiving module is also used to receive the execution conditions of the PER from the policy control network element; The sending module is also used to send the execution conditions of PER to the terminal or access network equipment. Among them, the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C。或者,指定时间内包括为非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C. Or, included within the specified time are non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
进一步的,接收模块,还用于接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,PCC规则携带有PER的执行条件。Further, the receiving module is also used to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element. The PCC rules carry the execution conditions of the PER.
可选地,发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现第九方面所述的通信装置的收发功能。Optionally, the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into a transceiving module. Wherein, the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device described in the ninth aspect.
可选地,第九方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第二方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the ninth aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can execute the communication method described in the second aspect.
需要说明的是,第九方面所述的通信装置可以是网络设备,如会话管理网元,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device described in the ninth aspect may be a network device, such as a session management network element, or may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be disposed in the network device, or may include a network device. device, this application does not limit this.
此外,第九方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第二方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the ninth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the second aspect, which will not be described again here.
第十方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:用于执行第三方面所述的方法的模块,如处理模块和收发模块。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: modules for performing the method described in the third aspect, such as a processing module and a transceiver module.
其中,收发模块,用于接收来自会话管理网元的PER与QoS流的对应关系。其中,该PER与该业务对应。处理模块,用于根据PER,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。Among them, the transceiver module is used to receive the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the session management network element. Among them, the PER corresponds to the business. The processing module is used to process data packets of QoS flow corresponding services based on PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块,还用于根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,并根据该链路配置,控制收发模块发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。In a possible design solution, the processing module is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,业务的丢帧率限制为A%,业务的帧内的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER是根据业务的丢帧率限制确定的。该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足业务的丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. The PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network device processes the data packet of the service.
可选地,PER是进一步根据业务的帧内的数据包数量确定的。Optionally, the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
可选地,业务的帧内的数据包数量根据业务的帧特征信息确定,该帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。Optionally, the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service. The frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
进一步的,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Further, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,收发模块,还用于接收业务的帧特征信息;处理模块,还用于根据该帧特征信息,确定属于该业务的同一帧内的数据包。以及,处理模块,还用于根据PER,并以在 同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据。Optionally, the transceiver module is also configured to receive the frame characteristic information of the service; the processing module is also configured to determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information. As well as, the processing module is also used according to PER, and in The method of discarding data packets within the same frame processes the data corresponding to the QoS flow.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的PER的执行条件。其中,PER的执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In one possible design solution, the transceiver module is also used to receive the execution conditions of the PER from the session management network element. Among them, the execution condition of PER can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,处理模块,还用于根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,控制收发模块发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the processing module is also used to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources according to the adjusted link. Resources, control the transceiver module to send data packets corresponding to the QoS flow.
可选地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块。其中,发送模块用于实现第十方面所述的通信装置的发送功能,接收模块用于实现第十方面所述的通信装置的接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is used to implement the sending function of the communication device described in the tenth aspect, and the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device described in the tenth aspect.
可选地,第十方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第三方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the tenth aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the third aspect.
需要说明的是,第十方面所述的通信装置可以是终端或网络设备,如UE或RAN设备,也可以是可设置于终端或网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含终端或网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device described in the tenth aspect may be a terminal or network equipment, such as a UE or RAN equipment, or it may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be disposed in the terminal or network equipment, or it may be It is a device including a terminal or network equipment, which is not limited in this application.
此外,第十方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第三方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the tenth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the third aspect, which will not be described again here.
第十一方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:用于执行第四方面所述的方法的模块,如接收模块和发送模块。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: modules for performing the method described in the fourth aspect, such as a receiving module and a sending module.
其中,接收模块,用于接收来自策略控制网元的业务的相关信息。发送模块,用于向接入网设备发送业务的相关信息,以及业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量,业务的相关信息用于确定PER,该PER用于终端或接入网设备根据该PER,处理业务的数据包。Among them, the receiving module is used to receive relevant information about services from the policy control network element. The sending module is used to send service-related information to the access network device, as well as the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit. The frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service. The relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER. The PER is used for the terminal or interface. The network access device processes service data packets based on the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息,BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块,还用于接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,PCC规则携带有业务的相关信息。In one possible design solution, the receiving module is also used to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element. The PCC rules carry business-related information.
可选地,第十一方面所述的装置还可以包括:处理模块。该处理模块,用于将PCC规 则映射至QoS流。Optionally, the device described in the eleventh aspect may further include: a processing module. This processing module is used to convert the PCC regulations into is mapped to the QoS flow.
进一步的,处理模块,还用于确定PCC规则中业务的信息与已有的QoS流参数中业务的信息相同,将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流;或者,处理模块,还用于确定PCC规则中业务的信息与已有的QoS流参数中业务的信息不同,创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流。Further, the processing module is also used to determine that the service information in the PCC rule is the same as the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, and map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter; or, the processing module is also used In order to determine that the service information in the PCC rule is different from the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, a QoS flow is created, and the PCC rule is mapped to the created QoS flow.
一种可能的设计方案中,发送模块,还用于向终端发送业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。In one possible design solution, the sending module is also used to send the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the terminal.
可选地,发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现第十一方面所述的通信装置的收发功能。Optionally, the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into a transceiving module. Wherein, the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
可选地,第十一方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第四方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the eleventh aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the fourth aspect.
需要说明的是,第十一方面所述的通信装置可以是网络设备,如会话管理网元,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device described in the eleventh aspect may be a network device, such as a session management network element, or may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be installed in the network device, or may include a network device. The device of the equipment is not limited in this application.
此外,第十一方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第四方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the fourth aspect, which will not be described again here.
第十二方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:用于执行第五方面所述的方法的模块,如处理模块和收发模块。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: modules for performing the method described in the fifth aspect, such as a processing module and a transceiver module.
其中,收发模块,用于接收来自会话管理网元的业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系;处理模块,用于根据业务的相关信息,确定PER,以根据PER,处理该QoS流对应的业务的数据包。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量。Among them, the transceiver module is used to receive the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service from the session management network element and the QoS flow; the processing module is used to determine the PER according to the relevant information of the service, so as to process the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER. of data packets. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit, and the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块,还用于根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,根据该链路配置,控制收发模块发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。In a possible design solution, the processing module is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
一种可能的设计方案中,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,处理模块,还用于根据业务的帧特征信息,确定属于该业务的同一帧内的数据包。以及,处理模块,还用于根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the processing module is also configured to determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information of the service. And, the processing module is also used to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,丢帧率限制为A%,数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value of PER is C, and the value of A Greater than 0, B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块,还用于根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。或者,处理模块,还用于根据数据包数量和丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。In one possible design solution, the processing module is also used to determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. Alternatively, the processing module is also used to determine the PER based on the number of data packets and frame loss rate limit information.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于向终端发送PER与QoS流的对应关系。 其中,对应关系用于终端根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。In one possible design solution, the transceiver module is also used to send the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows to the terminal. The corresponding relationship is used for the terminal to process data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块,还用于根据业务的相关信息,确定PER的执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In one possible design solution, the processing module is also used to determine the execution conditions of PER based on business-related information. The execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,处理模块,还用于根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,控制收发模块发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the processing module is also used to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources according to the adjusted link. Resources, control the transceiver module to send data packets corresponding to the QoS flow.
进一步的,收发模块,还用于向终端发送PER的执行条件。Further, the transceiver module is also used to send the execution conditions of PER to the terminal.
可选地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块。其中,发送模块用于实现第十二方面所述的通信装置的发送功能,接收模块用于实现第十二方面所述的通信装置的接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module. Wherein, the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect, and the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect.
可选地,第十二方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第五方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the twelfth aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the fifth aspect.
需要说明的是,第十二方面所述的通信装置可以是网络设备,如接入网设备,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device described in the twelfth aspect may be a network device, such as an access network device, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the network device, or may include a network device. The device of the equipment is not limited in this application.
此外,第十二方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第五方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the fifth aspect, which will not be described again here.
第十三方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:用于执行第六方面所述的方法的模块,如处理模块和收发模块。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: modules for performing the method described in the sixth aspect, such as a processing module and a transceiver module.
其中,收发模块,用于接收来自接入网设备的PER与QoS流的对应关系,或者接收来自会话管理网元的业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系;处理模块,用于根据PER,处理发送QoS流对应的业务的数据包。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量,PER根据业务的相关信息确定。Among them, the transceiver module is used to receive the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the access network device, or the correspondence between the service-related information from the session management network element and the QoS flow; the processing module is used to process according to the PER Send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit. The frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service. The PER is determined based on the relevant information of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块,还用于根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,根据该链路配置,控制收发模块发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。In a possible design solution, the processing module is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
一种可能的设计方案中,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,处理模块,还用于根据业务的帧特征信息,确定属于该业务的同一帧内的数 据包。以及,处理模块,还用于根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。Optionally, the processing module is also used to determine the number of data in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information of the service. According to the package. And, the processing module is also used to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame. In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,丢帧率限制为A%,数据包数量为B个,指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块,还用于根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。或者,处理模块,还用于根据数据包数量和丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。In one possible design solution, the processing module is also used to determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. Alternatively, the processing module is also used to determine the PER based on the number of data packets and frame loss rate limit information.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于接收来自接入网设备的PER的执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module is also used to receive PER execution conditions from the access network device. The execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,处理模块,还用于根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,控制收发模块发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the processing module is also used to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources according to the adjusted link. Resources, control the transceiver module to send data packets corresponding to the QoS flow.
可选地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块。其中,发送模块用于实现第十三方面所述的通信装置的发送功能,接收模块用于实现第十三方面所述的通信装置的接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is used to implement the sending function of the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect, and the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect.
可选地,第十三方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第六方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the thirteenth aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the sixth aspect.
需要说明的是,第十三方面所述的通信装置可以是终端,如终端,也可以是可设置于终端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含终端的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect may be a terminal, such as a terminal, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the terminal, or a device including a terminal. This application There is no restriction on this.
此外,第十三方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第六方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the sixth aspect, which will not be described again here.
第十四方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:用于执行第七方面所述的方法的模块,如接收模块和发送模块。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: modules for performing the method described in the seventh aspect, such as a receiving module and a sending module.
其中,接收模块,用于接收来自应用功能的业务的相关信息;发送模块,用于向会话管理网元发送业务的相关信息。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量。业务的相关信息用于确定PER,PER用于终端或接入网设备根据PER,处理业务的数据包。Among them, the receiving module is used to receive service-related information from the application function; the sending module is used to send service-related information to the session management network element. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit, and the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service. The relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER, and the PER is used by the terminal or access network equipment to process the data packets of the service based on the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业 务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used in the indication industry The arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,发送模块,还用于向会话管理网元发送PCC规则,其中,PCC规则携带有业务的相关信息。In a possible design solution, the sending module is also used to send PCC rules to the session management network element, where the PCC rules carry business-related information.
可选地,发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现第十四方面所述的通信装置的收发功能。Optionally, the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into a transceiving module. The transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect.
可选地,第十四方面所述的通信装置还可以包括处理模块,该处理模块用于实现该通信装置的处理功能。Optionally, the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect may further include a processing module, which is used to implement the processing function of the communication device.
可选地,第十四方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第七方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the seventh aspect.
需要说明的是,第十四方面所述的通信装置可以是网络设备,如PCF网元,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect may be a network device, such as a PCF network element, or may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be installed in the network device, or may include a network device. device, this application does not limit this.
此外,第十四方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第七方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the seventh aspect, which will not be described again here.
第十五方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器,该处理器用于执行第一方面至第七方面中任一方面所述的通信方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor configured to execute the communication method described in any one of the first to seventh aspects.
在一种可能的设计方案中,第十五方面所述的通信装置还可以包括收发器。该收发器可以为收发电路或接口电路。该收发器可以用于第十五方面所述的通信装置与其他通信装置通信。In a possible design solution, the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect may further include a transceiver. The transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit. The transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
在一种可能的设计方案中,第十五方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储器。该存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,也可以分开设置。该存储器可以用于存储第一方面至第七方面中任一方面所述的通信方法所涉及的计算机程序和/或数据。In a possible design solution, the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect may further include a memory. This memory can be integrated with the processor or provided separately. The memory may be used to store computer programs and/or data involved in the communication method described in any one of the first to seventh aspects.
在本申请中,第十五方面所述的通信装置可以为终端或网络设备,或者可设置于该终端或网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,或者包含该终端或网络设备的装置。In this application, the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect may be a terminal or a network device, or a chip (system) or other component or component that may be disposed in the terminal or network device, or a device including the terminal or network device. device.
此外,第十五方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第七方面中任一方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in any one of the first to seventh aspects, and will not be described again here.
第十六方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器,该处理器与存储器耦合,该处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得该通信装置执行第一方面至第七方面中任一方面所述的通信方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor coupled to a memory, and the processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in any one of the first to seventh aspects.
在一种可能的设计方案中,第十六方面所述的通信装置还可以包括收发器。该收发器可以为收发电路或接口电路。该收发器可以用于第十六方面所述的通信装置与其他通信装置通信。In a possible design solution, the communication device described in the sixteenth aspect may further include a transceiver. The transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit. The transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the sixteenth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
在本申请中,第十六方面所述的通信装置可以为终端或网络设备,或者可设置于该终端或网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,或者包含该终端或网络设备的装置。In this application, the communication device described in the sixteenth aspect may be a terminal or a network device, or a chip (system) or other component or component that may be disposed in the terminal or network device, or a device including the terminal or network device. device.
此外,第十六方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第七方面中任一方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the sixteenth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in any one of the first to seventh aspects, and will not be described again here.
第十七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机程序,当该处理器执行该计算机程序时,以使该通信装置执行第一方面至第七方面中任 一方面所述的通信方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store a computer program, and when the processor executes the computer program, the communication device executes the first to seventh aspects medium term The communication method described in one aspect.
在一种可能的设计方案中,第十七方面所述的通信装置还可以包括收发器。该收发器可以为收发电路或接口电路。该收发器可以用于第十七方面所述的通信装置与其他通信装置通信。In a possible design solution, the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect may further include a transceiver. The transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit. The transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
在本申请中,第十七方面所述的通信装置可以为终端或网络设备,或者可设置于该终端或网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,或者包含该终端或网络设备的装置。In this application, the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect may be a terminal or a network device, or a chip (system) or other component or component that may be disposed in the terminal or network device, or a device including the terminal or network device. device.
此外,第十七方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第七方面中任一方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in any one of the first to seventh aspects, and will not be described again here.
第十八方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器。该处理器用于与存储器耦合,并读取存储器中的计算机程序之后,根据该计算机程序执行如第一方面至第七方面中任一方面所述的通信方法。In an eighteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor. The processor is configured to be coupled to the memory, and after reading the computer program in the memory, execute the communication method as described in any one of the first to seventh aspects according to the computer program.
在一种可能的设计方案中,第十八方面所述的通信装置还可以包括收发器。该收发器可以为收发电路或接口电路。该收发器可以用于第十八方面所述的通信装置与其他通信装置通信。In a possible design solution, the communication device described in the eighteenth aspect may further include a transceiver. The transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit. The transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the eighteenth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
在本申请中,第十八方面所述的通信装置可以为终端或网络设备,或者可设置于该终端或网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,或者包含该终端或网络设备的装置。In this application, the communication device described in the eighteenth aspect may be a terminal or a network device, or a chip (system) or other component or component that may be disposed in the terminal or network device, or a device including the terminal or network device. device.
此外,第十八方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第七方面中任一方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the eighteenth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in any one of the first to seventh aspects, and will not be described again here.
第十九方面,提供一种通信系统。该通信系统包括:上述第一方面至第七方面中所述的一个或多个终端,以及一个或多个网络设备。In a nineteenth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes: one or more terminals described in the above first to seventh aspects, and one or more network devices.
第二十方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括:计算机程序或指令;当该计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行第一方面至第七方面中任一方面所述的通信方法。In a twentieth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, including: a computer program or instructions; when the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute any one of the first to seventh aspects. communication method.
第二十一方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,包括:计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行第一方面至第七方面中任一方面所述的通信方法。In a twenty-first aspect, a computer program product is provided, including: a computer program or an instruction, which when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the steps described in the first to seventh aspects. Communication methods.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为5GS的非漫游架构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the non-roaming architecture of 5GS;
图2中的(a)和(b)为5GS的漫游架构示意图一;(a) and (b) in Figure 2 are schematic diagram 1 of the 5GS roaming architecture;
图3中的(a)和(b)为5GS的漫游架构示意图二;(a) and (b) in Figure 3 are schematic diagram 2 of the 5GS roaming architecture;
图4为数据连接会话的示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a data connection session;
图5为QoS流的架构示意图一;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the QoS flow architecture;
图6为QoS流的架构示意图二;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram 2 of the QoS flow architecture;
图7为TSN系统与5GS互通的架构示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of the interoperability between the TSN system and 5GS;
图8为下行传输的示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of downlink transmission;
图9为针对非TSN场景下TSC业务的5GS架构示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the 5GS architecture for TSC services in non-TSN scenarios;
图10为数据包与帧的对应关系示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the correspondence between data packets and frames;
图11为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的架构示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图一; Figure 12 is a schematic flowchart 1 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图二;Figure 13 is a schematic flowchart 2 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图三;Figure 14 is a schematic flowchart three of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图四;Figure 15 is a schematic flowchart 4 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图五;Figure 16 is a schematic flow chart 5 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图六;Figure 17 is a schematic flow chart 6 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图一;Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图二;Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图三。Figure 20 is a schematic third structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
方便理解,下面先介绍本申请实施例所涉及的技术术语。To facilitate understanding, the technical terms involved in the embodiments of this application are first introduced below.
1、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统(简称5G系统(5G system,5GS)):1. Fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system (referred to as 5G system (5G system, 5GS)):
图1为5GS的非漫游架构示意图。如图1所示,5GS包括:接入网(access network,AN)和核心网(core network,CN),还可以包括:终端。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the non-roaming architecture of 5GS. As shown in Figure 1, 5GS includes: access network (AN) and core network (core network, CN), and can also include: terminals.
上述终端可以为具有收发功能的终端,或为可设置于该终端的芯片或芯片系统。该终端也可以称为用户装置(uesr equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元(subscriber unit)、用户站、移动站(mobile station,MS)、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端可以是手机(mobile phone)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理电脑(personal digital assistant,PDA)、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、车载终端、具有终端功能的路边单元(road side unit,RSU)等。本申请的终端还可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元。The above-mentioned terminal may be a terminal with a transceiver function, or a chip or chip system that can be installed on the terminal. The terminal can also be called user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), user station, mobile station (MS), mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, User terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The terminal in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), cellular phone (cellular phone), smart phone (smart phone), tablet computer (Pad), wireless data card, personal digital assistant computer (personal digital assistant, PDA) ), wireless modems, handheld devices, laptop computers, machine type communication (MTC) terminals, computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (VR) Terminals, augmented reality (AR) terminals, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, smart grids Wireless terminals in grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, vehicle-mounted terminals, roadside units with terminal functions (road side unit, RSU) etc. The terminal of this application may also be a vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip, or vehicle-mounted unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units.
上述AN用于实现接入有关的功能,可以为特定区域的授权用户提供入网功能,并能够根据用户的级别,业务的需求等确定不同质量的传输链路以传输用户数据。AN在终端与CN之间转发控制信号和用户数据。AN可以包括:接入网设备,也可以称为无线接入网设备(radio access network,RAN)设备。CN主要负责维护移动网络的签约数据,为终端提供会话管理、移动性管理、策略管理以及安全认证等功能。CN主要包括如下网元:用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元、认证服务功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元、网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元、网络功能仓储功能(NF repository function,NRF)网元、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元、统一数据存储(unified data repository,UDR)、以及应用功能(application function,AF)。 The above-mentioned AN is used to implement access-related functions. It can provide network access functions for authorized users in specific areas, and can determine transmission links of different qualities to transmit user data according to user levels, business needs, etc. The AN forwards control signals and user data between the terminal and the CN. AN may include: access network equipment, which may also be called radio access network equipment (radio access network, RAN) equipment. CN is mainly responsible for maintaining mobile network subscription data and providing terminals with functions such as session management, mobility management, policy management, and security authentication. CN mainly includes the following network elements: user plane function (UPF) network element, authentication server function (AUSF) network element, access and mobility management function (AMF) network element Element, session management function (SMF) network element, network slice selection function (NSSF) network element, network exposure function (NEF) network element, network function repository function (NF repository) function (NRF) network element, policy control function (PCF) network element, unified data management (UDM) network element, unified data repository (UDR), and application function (application function) , AF).
如图1中的(a)所示,UE通过RAN设备接入5G网络,UE通过N1接口(简称N1)与AMF网元通信;RAN网元通过N2接口(简称N2)与AMF网元通信;RAN网元通过N3接口简称N3与UPF网元通信;SMF通过N4接口(简称N4)与UPF网元通信,UPF网元通过N6接口(简称N6)接入数据网络(data network,DN)。此外,图1中的(a)所示的AUSF网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、NSSF网元、NEF网元、NRF网元、PCF网元、UDM网元、UDR网元或者AF等控制面功能采用服务化接口进行交互。比如,AUSF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nausf;AMF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Namf;SMF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nsmf;NSSF对外提供的服务化接口为Nnssf;NEF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnef;NRF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnrf;PCF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Npcf;UDM网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nudm;UDR网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nudr;AF对外提供的服务化接口为Naf。此外,如图1中的(b)所示,NSSF网元、AUSF网元、UDM网元、UE、RAN网元、PCF网元以及SMF网元等网元,还都能够与AMF网元通信。AUSF网元还能与UDM网元通信,UDM还能与SMF网元通信,SMF网元除了能够与AMF网元和UDM网元通信外,还能与UPF网元和PCF网元通信。PCF网元还能与AF和NEF网元通信。NEF网元还能与AF通信。UPF网元能够与RAN设备以及DN通信。如图1中的(b)所示,两个网元之间的“Nxx”表示这两个网元之间的接口。例如,N22表示NSSF网元与AMF网元之间的接口,N12表示AUSF网元与AMF网元之间的接口,N8表示UDM网元与AMF网元之间的接口,在此不再一一列举等。As shown in (a) in Figure 1, the UE accesses the 5G network through the RAN device, and the UE communicates with the AMF network element through the N1 interface (referred to as N1); the RAN network element communicates with the AMF network element through the N2 interface (referred to as N2); The RAN network element communicates with the UPF network element through the N3 interface (referred to as N3); the SMF communicates with the UPF network element through the N4 interface (referred to as N4), and the UPF network element accesses the data network (DN) through the N6 interface (referred to as N6). In addition, the AUSF network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NSSF network element, NEF network element, NRF network element, PCF network element, UDM network element, UDR network element or AF shown in (a) in Figure 1 Control plane functions use service-based interfaces for interaction. For example, the external service interface provided by the AUSF network element is Nausf; the external service interface provided by the AMF network element is Namf; the external service interface provided by the SMF network element is Nsmf; the external service interface provided by the NSSF is Nnssf; the NEF network The external service interface provided by the NRF network element is Nnef; the external service interface provided by the NRF network element is Nnrf; the external service interface provided by the PCF network element is Npcf; the external service interface provided by the UDM network element is Nudm; the external service interface provided by the UDR network element is Nudm; The service-oriented interface provided is Nudr; the service-oriented interface provided by AF to the outside world is Naf. In addition, as shown in (b) in Figure 1, network elements such as NSSF network element, AUSF network element, UDM network element, UE, RAN network element, PCF network element, and SMF network element can also communicate with AMF network elements. . AUSF network elements can also communicate with UDM network elements, and UDM can also communicate with SMF network elements. In addition to communicating with AMF network elements and UDM network elements, SMF network elements can also communicate with UPF network elements and PCF network elements. PCF network elements can also communicate with AF and NEF network elements. NEF network elements can also communicate with AF. UPF network elements can communicate with RAN equipment and DN. As shown in (b) in Figure 1, "Nxx" between two network elements indicates the interface between the two network elements. For example, N22 represents the interface between NSSF network element and AMF network element, N12 represents the interface between AUSF network element and AMF network element, and N8 represents the interface between UDM network element and AMF network element. We will not list them one by one here. List etc.
RAN设备可以是为终端提供接入的设备。例如,RAN设备可以包括:下一代移动通信系统,例如6G的接入网设备,例如6G基站,或者在下一代移动通信系统中,该网络设备也可以有其他命名方式,其均涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围以内,本申请对此不做任何限定。或者,RAN设备也可以包括5G,如新空口(new radio,NR)系统中的gNB,或,5G中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB、传输点(transmission and reception point,TRP或者transmission point,TP)或传输测量功能(transmission measurement function,TMF)的网络节点,如基带单元(building base band unit,BBU),或,集中单元(centralized unit,CU)或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)、具有基站功能的RSU,或者有线接入网关,或者5G的核心网网元。或者,RAN设备还可以包括无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入点(access point,AP),无线中继节点、无线回传节点、各种形式的宏基站、微基站(也称为小站)、中继站、接入点、可穿戴设备、车载设备等等。RAN equipment may be equipment that provides access to terminals. For example, RAN equipment may include: next-generation mobile communication systems, such as 6G access network equipment, such as 6G base stations, or in the next-generation mobile communication system, the network equipment may also have other naming methods, which are all covered by this application Within the protection scope of the embodiments, this application does not impose any limitations on this. Alternatively, the RAN equipment may also include 5G, such as gNB in the new radio (NR) system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in 5G, or may also be composed of gNB, transmission point (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point, TP) or transmission measurement function (TMF) network node, such as baseband unit (building base band unit, BBU), or centralized unit (centralized unit (CU) or distributed unit (DU), RSU with base station function, or wired access gateway, or 5G core network element. Alternatively, RAN equipment can also include access points (APs) in wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also (called small stations), relay stations, access points, wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices, etc.
UPF网元主要负责用户数据处理(转发、接收、计费等)。例如,UPF网元可以接收来自数据网络(data network,DN)的用户数据,通过接入网设备向终端转发该用户数据。UPF网元也可以通过接入网设备接收来自终端的用户数据,并向DN转发该用户数据。DN网元指的是为用户提供数据传输服务的运营商网络。例如网际互连协议(internet protocol,IP)多媒体业务(IP multi-media srvice,IMS)、互联网(internet)等。DN可以为运营商外部网络,也可以为运营商控制的网络,用于向终端设备提供业务服务。The UPF network element is mainly responsible for user data processing (forwarding, receiving, accounting, etc.). For example, the UPF network element can receive user data from the data network (DN) and forward the user data to the terminal through the access network device. The UPF network element can also receive user data from the terminal through the access network equipment and forward the user data to the DN. DN network element refers to the operator network that provides data transmission services to users. For example, Internet protocol (IP), multimedia service (IP multi-media service, IMS), Internet, etc. The DN can be an operator's external network or a network controlled by the operator, used to provide business services to terminal devices.
AUSF网元主要用于执行终端的安全认证。The AUSF network element is mainly used to perform terminal security authentication.
AMF网元主要用于移动网络中的移动性管理。例如用户位置更新、用户注册网络、用户切换等。 AMF network elements are mainly used for mobility management in mobile networks. For example, user location update, user registration network, user switching, etc.
SMF网元主要用于移动网络中的会话管理。例如会话建立、修改、释放。具体功能例如为用户分配互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址,选择提供数据包转发功能的UPF网元等。SMF network elements are mainly used for session management in mobile networks. For example, session establishment, modification, and release. Specific functions include assigning Internet Protocol (IP) addresses to users, selecting UPF network elements that provide data packet forwarding functions, etc.
PCF网元主要支持提供统一的策略框架来控制网络行为,提供策略规则给控制层网络功能,同时负责获取与策略决策相关的用户签约信息。PCF网元可以向AMF网元、SMF网元提供策略,例如服务质量(quality of service,QoS)策略、切片选择策略等。The PCF network element mainly supports providing a unified policy framework to control network behavior, provides policy rules to the control layer network functions, and is also responsible for obtaining user subscription information related to policy decisions. PCF network elements can provide policies to AMF network elements and SMF network elements, such as quality of service (QoS) policies, slice selection policies, etc.
NSSF网元主要用于为终端选择网络切片。NSSF network elements are mainly used to select network slices for terminals.
NEF网元主要用于支持能力和事件的开放。NEF network elements are mainly used to support the opening of capabilities and events.
UDM网元主要用于存储用户数据,例如签约数据、鉴权/授权数据等。UDM network elements are mainly used to store user data, such as contract data, authentication/authorization data, etc.
UDR网元主要用于存储结构化数据,存储的内容包括签约数据和策略数据、对外暴露的结构化数据和应用相关的数据。UDR network elements are mainly used to store structured data. The stored content includes contract data and policy data, externally exposed structured data and application-related data.
AF主要支持与CN交互来提供服务,例如影响数据路由决策、策略控制功能或者向网络侧提供第三方的一些服务。AF mainly supports interaction with CN to provide services, such as affecting data routing decisions, policy control functions, or providing some third-party services to the network side.
图2为5GS的漫游架构示意图一,例如本地疏导(local breakout,LBO)漫游场景下的5G网络。如图2所示,该5G网络包括归属公共陆地移动网络(home public land mobile network,HPLMN)和拜访公共陆地移动网络(visited public land mobile network,VPLMN)。HPLMN为UE的归属地网络,VPLMN为UE的漫游地网络。在该场景下,业务需要在VPLMN卸载,即,DN在VPLMN。其中,VPLMN和HPLMN通过拜访安全边缘保护代理(visited security edge protection proxy,vSEPP)和归属安全边缘保护代理(home security edge protection proxy,hSEPP)通信。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the 5GS roaming architecture, such as the 5G network in the local breakout (LBO) roaming scenario. As shown in Figure 2, the 5G network includes a home public land mobile network (HPLMN) and a visited public land mobile network (VPLMN). HPLMN is the home network of the UE, and VPLMN is the roaming network of the UE. In this scenario, services need to be offloaded at VPLMN, that is, the DN is at VPLMN. Among them, VPLMN and HPLMN communicate through the visited security edge protection proxy (vSEPP) and the home security edge protection proxy (hSEPP).
其中,如图2中的(a),在VPLMN,UE通过RAN设备接入5G网络,UE通过N1接口(简称N1)与AMF网元通信;RAN设备通过N2接口(简称N2)与AMF网元通信;RAN设备通过N3接口(简称N3)与UPF网元通信;SMF网元通过N4接口(简称N4)与UPF网元通信,UPF网元通过N6接口(简称N6)接入DN。图2中的(a)所示的VPLMN的NSSF网元、NEF网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、NRF网元、PCF网元、或者AF等控制面功能采用服务化接口进行交互。比如,AMF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Namf;SMF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nsmf;NSSF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnssf;NEF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnef;NRF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnrf;PCF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Npcf;AF对外提供的服务化接口为Naf。图2中的(a)所示的HPLMN的UDM、AUSF网元、PCF网元、NRF网元、NSSF网元、或者NEF网元等控制面功能也采用服务化接口进行交互。比如,AUSF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nausf;UDM网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nudm等等。另外,如图2中的(b)所示,在LBO的漫游场景下,VPLMN内的NSSF网元、UE、RAN设备、SMF网元、以及HPLMN内的AUSF网元、UDM网元都能与VPLMN内的AMF通信。VPLMN内的SMF网元还能与VPLMN内的UPF网元、PCF网元(也称为vPCF)以及HPLMN内的UDM网元通信。VPLMN内的PCF网元还能与VPLMN内的AF以及HPLMN内的PCF网元(也称为hPCF)通信。VPLMN内的UPF网元还能与VPLMN内的RAN设备以及DN通信。图2中的(b)所示的两个网元之间的“Nxx”表示这两个网元之间的接口,具体不再一一例举。Among them, as shown in (a) in Figure 2, in VPLMN, the UE accesses the 5G network through the RAN device, and the UE communicates with the AMF network element through the N1 interface (referred to as N1); the RAN device communicates with the AMF network element through the N2 interface (referred to as N2) Communication; RAN equipment communicates with UPF network elements through the N3 interface (referred to as N3); SMF network elements communicate with UPF network elements through the N4 interface (referred to as N4), and UPF network elements access the DN through the N6 interface (referred to as N6). The VPLMN control plane functions such as NSSF network element, NEF network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NRF network element, PCF network element, or AF shown in (a) in Figure 2 use service-oriented interfaces to interact. For example, the external service interface provided by the AMF network element is Namf; the external service interface provided by the SMF network element is Nsmf; the external service interface provided by the NSSF network element is Nnssf; the external service interface provided by the NEF network element is Nnef; The external service interface provided by the NRF network element is Nnrf; the external service interface provided by the PCF network element is Npcf; and the external service interface provided by the AF is Naf. The HPLMN control plane functions such as UDM, AUSF network element, PCF network element, NRF network element, NSSF network element, or NEF network element shown in (a) of Figure 2 also use service-oriented interfaces for interaction. For example, the external service interface provided by the AUSF network element is Nausf; the external service interface provided by the UDM network element is Nudm, etc. In addition, as shown in (b) of Figure 2, in the LBO roaming scenario, the NSSF network elements, UE, RAN equipment, SMF network elements in the VPLMN, and the AUSF network elements and UDM network elements in the HPLMN can communicate with each other. AMF communication within VPLMN. The SMF network element in the VPLMN can also communicate with the UPF network element, PCF network element (also called vPCF) in the VPLMN, and the UDM network element in the HPLMN. The PCF network element in the VPLMN can also communicate with the AF in the VPLMN and the PCF network element (also called hPCF) in the HPLMN. The UPF network element in the VPLMN can also communicate with the RAN equipment and DN in the VPLMN. “Nxx” between the two network elements shown in (b) of Figure 2 represents the interface between the two network elements, and specific examples will not be given one by one.
图3为5GS的漫游架构示意图二,例如归属路由(home routed,HR)的漫游场景下 的5G网络。如图3所示,该5G网络包括HPLMN和VPLMN,HPLMN为UE的归属地网络,VPLMN为UE的漫游地网络,VPLMN和HPLMN通过vSEPP和hSEPP通信。与图2所示的网络架构不同的是,在图3所示的场景下,业务需要在HPLMN卸载,即,DN在HPLMN。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram 2 of the 5GS roaming architecture, such as home routed (HR) roaming scenario. 5G network. As shown in Figure 3, the 5G network includes HPLMN and VPLMN. HPLMN is the home network of the UE, and VPLMN is the roaming network of the UE. VPLMN and HPLMN communicate through vSEPP and hSEPP. Different from the network architecture shown in Figure 2, in the scenario shown in Figure 3, services need to be offloaded at HPLMN, that is, the DN is at HPLMN.
其中,如图3中的(a)所示,在VPLMN中,UE通过RAN设备接入5G网络,UE通过N1接口(简称N1)与AMF网元通信;RAN设备通过N2接口(简称N2)与AMF网元通信;RAN设备通过N3接口(简称N3)与UPF网元通信;SMF网元通过N4接口(简称N4)与UPF网元通信。在HPLMN,UPF网元通过N6接口(简称N6)接入DN;UPF网元通过N4接口(简称N4)与SMF网元通信。且VPLMN内的UPF网元与HPLMN内的UPF网元通过N9接口(简称N2)通信。此外,图3中的(a)所示的VPLMN的NSSF网元、NEF网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、NRF网元、或者PCF网元等控制面功能采用服务化接口进行交互。比如,AMF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Namf;SMF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nsmf;NSSF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnssf;NEF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnef;NRF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnrf;PCF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Npcf。图3中的(a)所示的HPLMN的UDM网元、AUSF网元、PCF网元、NRF网元、NSSF网元、AF、或者NEF网元等控制面功能也采用服务化接口进行交互。比如,AUSF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nausf;UDM网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nudm;AF对外提供的服务化接口为Naf。另外,如图3中的(b)所示,在HR的漫游场景下,VPLMN内的NSSF网元、UE、RAN设备、SMF网元、PCF网元、以及HPLMN内的AUSF网元、UDM网元都能与VPLMN内的AMF网元通信。VPLMN内的SMF网元还能与VPLMN内的UPF网元以及HPLMN内的SMF网元通信。VPLMN内的PCF网元还能与HPLMN内的PCF网元通信。VPLMN内的UPF网元还能与VPLMN内的RAN设备以及HPLMN内的UPF网元通信。VPLMN内的NSSF网元还能与HPLMN内的NSSF网元通信。HPLMN内的SMF网元还能与HPLMN内的UPF网元、UDM网元以及PCF网元通信。HPLMN内的UDM网元还能与HPLMN内的AUS网元F通信。HPLMN内的PCF网元还能与HPLMN内的AF通信。HPLMN内的UPF网元还能接入VPLMN内的DN通信。图3中的(b)所示的两个网元之间的“Nxx”表示这两个网元之间的接口,具体不再一一例举。Among them, as shown in (a) of Figure 3, in VPLMN, the UE accesses the 5G network through the RAN device, and the UE communicates with the AMF network element through the N1 interface (referred to as N1); the RAN device communicates with the AMF network element through the N2 interface (referred to as N2). AMF network elements communicate; RAN equipment communicates with UPF network elements through the N3 interface (referred to as N3); SMF network elements communicate with UPF network elements through the N4 interface (referred to as N4). In HPLMN, the UPF network element accesses the DN through the N6 interface (referred to as N6); the UPF network element communicates with the SMF network element through the N4 interface (referred to as N4). And the UPF network element in the VPLMN communicates with the UPF network element in the HPLMN through the N9 interface (referred to as N2). In addition, control plane functions such as the NSSF network element, NEF network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NRF network element, or PCF network element of the VPLMN shown in (a) of Figure 3 use service-based interfaces for interaction. For example, the external service interface provided by the AMF network element is Namf; the external service interface provided by the SMF network element is Nsmf; the external service interface provided by the NSSF network element is Nnssf; the external service interface provided by the NEF network element is Nnef; The external service interface provided by the NRF network element is Nnrf; the external service interface provided by the PCF network element is Npcf. The HPLMN control plane functions such as UDM network element, AUSF network element, PCF network element, NRF network element, NSSF network element, AF, or NEF network element shown in (a) of Figure 3 also use service-oriented interfaces for interaction. For example, the service-oriented interface provided by the AUSF network element to the outside world is Nausf; the service-oriented interface provided by the UDM network element to the outside world is Nudm; and the service-oriented interface provided by the AF to the outside world is Naf. In addition, as shown in (b) of Figure 3, in the HR roaming scenario, the NSSF network element, UE, RAN equipment, SMF network element, PCF network element in the VPLMN, and the AUSF network element and UDM network in the HPLMN All elements can communicate with the AMF network elements in the VPLMN. The SMF network elements in the VPLMN can also communicate with the UPF network elements in the VPLMN and the SMF network elements in the HPLMN. The PCF network elements in the VPLMN can also communicate with the PCF network elements in the HPLMN. The UPF network elements in the VPLMN can also communicate with the RAN equipment in the VPLMN and the UPF network elements in the HPLMN. The NSSF network elements in the VPLMN can also communicate with the NSSF network elements in the HPLMN. The SMF network element in the HPLMN can also communicate with the UPF network element, UDM network element and PCF network element in the HPLMN. The UDM network element in the HPLMN can also communicate with the AUS network element F in the HPLMN. The PCF network element in the HPLMN can also communicate with the AF in the HPLMN. The UPF network element in the HPLMN can also access the DN communication in the VPLMN. “Nxx” between the two network elements shown in (b) of Figure 3 represents the interface between the two network elements, and specific examples will not be given one by one.
2、QoS:2. QoS:
UE与UPF网元可以建立数据连接会话(比如协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话(session),也可是其它的会话,比如IP-CAN会话,等),后续为说明方法,以PDU会话为例进行说明。对于一个PDU会话而言,QoS流(flow)是区别QoS的最小粒度。QoS流可以是支持保证流比特速率(guaranteed bit rate,GBR)QoS的QoS流,或者说GBR QoS流,或者非保障流比特速率(non guaranteed bit rate,non-GBR)QoS的QoS流,或者说non-GBR QoS流。一个PDU会话可以包括多个QoS流,如最多支持64条QoS流。每条QoS流都具有各自对应的QoS流标识(QoS flow ID,QFI),用以区分不同的QoS流。具有相同QFI的用户面业务流可以映射到同一QoS流,以使用相同的业务转发处理方式(如调度)对其进行处理。此外,图4为PDU会话的示意图,如图4所示,一个PDU会话可以对应空口上的多个无线承载(radio bearer,RB),一个无线承载又可以包含一个或 多个QoS流,或者说承载一个或多个QoS流。The UE and the UPF network element can establish a data connection session (such as a protocol data unit (PDU) session, or other sessions, such as an IP-CAN session, etc.). The following is an explanation method, using a PDU session. Take an example to illustrate. For a PDU session, QoS flow (flow) is the smallest granularity that distinguishes QoS. The QoS flow can be a QoS flow that supports guaranteed bit rate (GBR) QoS, or GBR QoS flow, or a QoS flow that supports non guaranteed bit rate (non-GBR) QoS, or QoS flow. non-GBR QoS flow. A PDU session can include multiple QoS flows, for example, it supports up to 64 QoS flows. Each QoS flow has its own corresponding QoS flow identifier (QoS flow ID, QFI) to distinguish different QoS flows. User plane service flows with the same QFI can be mapped to the same QoS flow to process them using the same service forwarding processing method (such as scheduling). In addition, Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a PDU session. As shown in Figure 4, a PDU session can correspond to multiple radio bearers (radio bearers, RBs) on the air interface, and a radio bearer can include one or Multiple QoS flows, or carry one or more QoS flows.
QoS的配置是QoS流级别,即以QoS流为粒度进行配置。例如,图5为QoS流的架构示意图一,如图5所示,QoS流的特征可以通过一些参数来表示,SMF网元通过配置这些参数来实现预配置、建立或修改对应的QoS流。例如,对于一条QoS流而言,这些参数包括:RAN设备侧的QoS配置(QoS profile)、UE侧的QoS规则(QoS rule)、以及UPF网元侧的上行数据包检测规则(packet detection rule,PDR)和下行PDR。QoS configuration is at the QoS flow level, that is, QoS flow is used as the granularity for configuration. For example, Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the QoS flow architecture. As shown in Figure 5, the characteristics of the QoS flow can be represented by some parameters. The SMF network element configures these parameters to pre-configure, establish or modify the corresponding QoS flow. For example, for a QoS flow, these parameters include: QoS configuration (QoS profile) on the RAN device side, QoS rules (QoS rule) on the UE side, and uplink packet detection rules (packet detection rule, PDR) and downlink PDR.
其中,QoS配置包括上行和/或下行的QoS配置,由SMF网元通过N2接口向RAN设备配置,或者由RAN设备预配置。一种示例中,QoS配置可以包括:5G质量标识符(5G qulity identity,5QI)、分配和保留优先级(assign and retain priorities,ARP)、保证的流比特率(guaranteed flow bit rate,GFBR)、最大的流的比特率(maximum flow bit rate,MFBR)、最大的丢包率(maximum packet loss rate,MPLR)、以及反射QoS属性(reflective QoS attribute,RQA)。Among them, QoS configuration includes uplink and/or downlink QoS configuration, which is configured by the SMF network element to the RAN device through the N2 interface, or is pre-configured by the RAN device. In one example, the QoS configuration may include: 5G quality identity (5QI), assignment and retain priorities (ARP), guaranteed flow bit rate (GFBR), Maximum flow bit rate (MFBR), maximum packet loss rate (MPLR), and reflective QoS attribute (RQA).
5QI用于表示该QoS流具有的无线特征。例如,5QI包括如下至少一项:资源类型、优先级、数据时延(packet delay budget,PDB)、包错误率(packet error rate,PER)、平均窗口、或最大的数据突发量(maximum data burst,MDB)。其中,资源类型用于指示该QoS流的类型,如为GBR QoS流,或者为non-GBR QoS流。优先级用于指示该QoS流在空口上的调度优先级,具体可以是不同UE的QoS流之间的优先级,或者同一UE的不同QoS流之间的优先级。PDB用于指示该QoS流的数据包在UE和UPF网元(作为N6终结点的UPF网元)之间可能延迟的时间上限。PDB可以包括:接入网的数据时延(AN PDB)和核心网的数据时延(CN PDB)。AN PDB为UE与AN,也即RAN设备之间的数据时延。CN PDB为AN与作为N6终结点的UPF网元之间的数据时延。AN PDB可通过PDB减去CN PDB确定。平均窗口为用于确定GBR QoS流的GFBR和MFBR的时间段。MDB用于指示在AN PDB的周期内,AN需要服务,或者说需要传输的最大数据量。5QI is used to indicate the wireless characteristics of this QoS flow. For example, 5QI includes at least one of the following: resource type, priority, data delay budget (PDB), packet error rate (packet error rate, PER), average window, or maximum data burst (maximum data burst, MDB). Among them, the resource type is used to indicate the type of the QoS flow, such as GBR QoS flow or non-GBR QoS flow. The priority is used to indicate the scheduling priority of the QoS flow on the air interface. Specifically, it can be the priority between QoS flows of different UEs, or the priority between different QoS flows of the same UE. The PDB is used to indicate the upper limit of time that the data packet of this QoS flow may be delayed between the UE and the UPF network element (the UPF network element serving as the N6 termination point). PDB can include: access network data delay (AN PDB) and core network data delay (CN PDB). AN PDB is the data delay between UE and AN, that is, RAN equipment. CN PDB is the data delay between AN and the UPF network element as the N6 termination point. AN PDB can be determined by subtracting CN PDB from PDB. The averaging window is the time period used to determine the GFBR and MFBR of a GBR QoS flow. MDB is used to indicate that AN needs services within the cycle of AN PDB, or the maximum amount of data that needs to be transmitted.
ARP用于指示该QoS流在下一代(next generation,NG)接口上的优先级,具体可以是不同UE的QoS流之间的优先级,或者同一UE的不同QoS流之间的优先级。ARP is used to indicate the priority of the QoS flow on the next generation (NG) interface. Specifically, it can be the priority between QoS flows of different UEs, or the priority between different QoS flows of the same UE.
GFBR用于指示针对GBR QoS流的保证数据速率,包括上行的保证数据速率以及下行的保证数据速率。MFBR用于指示针对GBR QoS流的最大数据速率,包括上行的最大数据速率以及下行的最大数据速率。GFBR is used to indicate the guaranteed data rate for GBR QoS flows, including the guaranteed data rate for upstream and the guaranteed data rate for downlink. MFBR is used to indicate the maximum data rate for GBR QoS flows, including the maximum data rate for upstream and the maximum data rate for downstream.
MPLR用于指示一条QoS流可以忍受的最大丢包率。MPLR可能只适用用于GBR QoS。MPLR is used to indicate the maximum packet loss rate that a QoS flow can tolerate. MPLR may only be used for GBR QoS.
反射QoS属性用于指示针对non-GBR QoS流,其上行是否服从镜像映射,即上行的QoS规则是否可以通过下行的QoS规则反射推导得到。The reflective QoS attribute is used to indicate whether the upstream of a non-GBR QoS flow obeys mirror mapping, that is, whether the upstream QoS rules can be derived through reflection of the downstream QoS rules.
其中,QoS规则主要用于UE执行上行用户面数据业务的分类和标记,例如根据QoS规则将上行数据关联到对应的QoS流。QoS规则中可以包括:该QoS规则关联的QoS流的QFI,以及该QoS流对应数据包过滤器集(过滤器列表)、该QoS流的优先级。其中,数据包过滤器集主要用于将上行数据关联到对应的QoS流。例如,图6为QoS流的架构示意图二,如图6所示,如果上行数据包的ID与数据包过滤器集中的ID匹配,也即该上行数据包匹配上对应的QoS规则,则UE将该上行数据包关联到该QoS规则对应的QoS流。如果上行数据包的ID与数据包过滤器集中的ID不匹配,也即该上行数据包没有匹配上对应的QoS规则,则UE丢弃该上行数据。QoS规则可由SMF网元通过N1接口向UE 配置,或者由UE通过反射QoS机制推倒出来,如配置下行QoS规则,UE根据下行QoS规则推导上行QoS规则。此外,一个QoS流可以有多个QoS规则。每个PDU会话都要配置一个默认的QoS规则,默认的QoS规则关联到一条QoS流上。Among them, QoS rules are mainly used for classifying and marking uplink user plane data services performed by the UE, for example, associating uplink data to corresponding QoS flows according to QoS rules. The QoS rule may include: the QFI of the QoS flow associated with the QoS rule, the packet filter set (filter list) corresponding to the QoS flow, and the priority of the QoS flow. Among them, the packet filter set is mainly used to associate upstream data with the corresponding QoS flow. For example, Figure 6 is the second architectural diagram of the QoS flow. As shown in Figure 6, if the ID of the uplink data packet matches the ID in the packet filter set, that is, the uplink data packet matches the corresponding QoS rule, the UE will The upstream data packet is associated with the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS rule. If the ID of the uplink data packet does not match the ID in the packet filter set, that is, the uplink data packet does not match the corresponding QoS rule, the UE discards the uplink data. QoS rules can be communicated to the UE by the SMF network element through the N1 interface. Configuration, or pushed out by the UE through the reflective QoS mechanism. For example, if downlink QoS rules are configured, the UE will derive the uplink QoS rules based on the downlink QoS rules. In addition, a QoS flow can have multiple QoS rules. Each PDU session must be configured with a default QoS rule, and the default QoS rule is associated with a QoS flow.
其中,上行PDR和下行PDR由SMF网元通过N4接口向UPF网元配置。上行PDR用于UPF网元执行上行用户面数据业务的分类和标记,例如图6所示,UPF网元根据上行PDR将上行数据关联到对应的QoS流。下行PDR用于UPF网元执行下行用户面数据业务的分类和标记,例如图6所示,UPF网元根据下行PDR将下行数据关联到对应的QoS流。如果一个数据包没有匹配上任何上行PDR或下行PDR,则UPF网元丢弃该数据包。Among them, the uplink PDR and downlink PDR are configured by the SMF network element to the UPF network element through the N4 interface. The uplink PDR is used by the UPF network element to perform classification and labeling of uplink user plane data services. For example, as shown in Figure 6, the UPF network element associates the uplink data to the corresponding QoS flow based on the uplink PDR. The downlink PDR is used by the UPF network element to perform classification and marking of downlink user plane data services. For example, as shown in Figure 6, the UPF network element associates the downlink data to the corresponding QoS flow based on the downlink PDR. If a data packet does not match any uplink PDR or downlink PDR, the UPF network element discards the data packet.
需要指出的是,数据流在IP层是IP流,数据流在非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)层是QoS流,数据流在接入层(access stratum,AS)层是数据资源承载(data radio bearer,DRB)。因此,QoS流存在两层映射关系,即QoS流与IP流的映射关系,以及QoS流与DRB的映射关系。It should be pointed out that the data flow is an IP flow at the IP layer, the data flow is a QoS flow at the non-access stratum (NAS) layer, and the data flow is a data resource at the access stratum (AS) layer. Bearer (data radio bearer, DRB). Therefore, there are two levels of mapping relationships between QoS flows, namely, the mapping relationship between QoS flows and IP flows, and the mapping relationship between QoS flows and DRBs.
3、映射机制:3. Mapping mechanism:
映射机制是将业务数据流与被认为传输业务数据流的QoS流关联的过程。其中,业务数据流通过业务数据流(service data flow,SDF)模型在PCC规则中定义。映射机制包括如下步骤:The mapping mechanism is the process of associating business data flows with the QoS flows that are considered to transport the business data flows. Among them, the service data flow is defined in the PCC rules through the service data flow (SDF) model. The mapping mechanism includes the following steps:
步骤1,会话映射,即将应用功能会话(AF session)和PDU会话一一对应。Step 1, session mapping, that is, one-to-one correspondence between application function session (AF session) and PDU session.
步骤2,PCC规则授权,即由PCF网元对PCC规则进行授权,为PCC规则分配QoS参数。Step 2: PCC rule authorization, that is, the PCF network element authorizes the PCC rule and allocates QoS parameters to the PCC rule.
步骤3,QoS流映射,即将PCC规则与PDU会话中的QoS流的关联。QoS流映射使用如下映射参数执行映射:5QI、ARP、QoS通知控制(QoS notification control,QNC)(如果PCC规则中可用)、优先级(如果PCC规则中可用)、平均窗口(如果PCC规则中可用)、以及最大突发数据量(maximum data burst volume,MDBV)(如果PCC规则中可用)。Step 3, QoS flow mapping, that is, the association of PCC rules with QoS flows in the PDU session. QoS flow mapping is performed using the following mapping parameters: 5QI, ARP, QoS notification control (QNC) (if available in PCC rules), priority (if available in PCC rules), averaging window (if available in PCC rules) ), and maximum data burst volume (MDBV) (if available in PCC rules).
具体的,当PCF网元提供PCC规则时,SMF网元可以确定是否存在QoS参数与上述步骤3中的映射参数相同的QoS流。如果不存在这样的QoS流,则SMF网元使用PCC规则中的参数确定新的QoS流的QoS参数,并根据该QoS参数建立新的QoS流。此时,PCC规则映射至该新的QoS流。如果存在QoS参数与映射参数相同的QoS流,则SMF网元将PCC规则映射至该已有的QoS流。此外,如果PCF网元请求将PCC规则映射到与默认QoS规则关联的QoS流,则SMF网元可以不执行上述判断。Specifically, when the PCF network element provides the PCC rule, the SMF network element can determine whether there is a QoS flow with the same QoS parameters as the mapping parameters in step 3 above. If such a QoS flow does not exist, the SMF network element uses the parameters in the PCC rule to determine the QoS parameters of the new QoS flow, and establishes a new QoS flow based on the QoS parameters. At this time, the PCC rules are mapped to the new QoS flow. If there is a QoS flow with the same QoS parameters as the mapping parameters, the SMF network element maps the PCC rule to the existing QoS flow. In addition, if the PCF network element requests that the PCC rule be mapped to the QoS flow associated with the default QoS rule, the SMF network element may not perform the above judgment.
此外,“映射”仅为一种示例性的描述方式,其也可以替换为其他任何可能的描述,如“绑定”、“对应”等等,对此不做具体限定。In addition, "mapping" is only an exemplary description method, and it can also be replaced by any other possible description, such as "binding", "correspondence", etc., and there is no specific limitation on this.
4、时延敏感网络(time sensitive networking,TSN):参考如下图7介绍。4. Time sensitive network (TSN): Refer to Figure 7 below for introduction.
图7为TSN系统与5GS互通的架构示意图。如图7所示,5GS(包括TSN转换(TSN translator,TT))整体作为一个逻辑上的TSN桥(bridge),用于实现不同TSN系统之间的通信。对于控制面,5GS可通过TSN AF(能够与TSN通信的AF)与TSN系统中的节点交换控制面信息,如包括:5GS能力信息、TSN配置信息、TSN输入输出端口的时间调度信息、时间同步信息等。对于数据面,5GS通过UE侧的用户侧TT(device-side TSN translator,DS-TT),以及UPF网元侧的网络侧TT(network-side TSN translator,NW-TT) 与TSN系统中的节点交换数据面信息,以实现不同TSN系统之间的通信。DS-TT可能位于UE内,也可能位于UE外。NW-TT可位于UPF网元内。Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of the interoperability between the TSN system and 5GS. As shown in Figure 7, 5GS (including TSN translator (TT)) as a whole serves as a logical TSN bridge (bridge) for realizing communication between different TSN systems. For the control plane, 5GS can exchange control plane information with nodes in the TSN system through TSN AF (AF capable of communicating with TSN), including: 5GS capability information, TSN configuration information, time scheduling information of TSN input and output ports, and time synchronization Information etc. For the data plane, 5GS uses device-side TSN translator (DS-TT) on the UE side and network-side TSN translator (NW-TT) on the UPF network element side. Exchange data plane information with nodes in the TSN system to achieve communication between different TSN systems. DS-TT may be located within the UE or outside the UE. NW-TT can be located within the UPF network element.
TSN系统的集中式网络配置(centralized network configuration,CNC)可以按TSN流粒度,为5GS配置对应TSN流到达5GS的时间和离开5GS的时间,以便DS-TT或NW-TT可以将TSN流的数据包缓存至离开5GS的时间再发送出去,消除UE和UPF之间由于空口和有线传输产生的不确定性时延的影响,保证端到端,如从TSN通话者(talker)到TSN收听者(listener)之间具有确定性时延。The centralized network configuration (CNC) of the TSN system can configure the arrival time and departure time of the corresponding TSN flow to 5GS for 5GS according to the TSN flow granularity, so that DS-TT or NW-TT can transfer the data of the TSN flow The packet is buffered until the time it leaves 5GS and then sent out, eliminating the impact of uncertainty delays caused by air interface and wired transmission between UE and UPF, ensuring end-to-end, such as from TSN talker to TSN listener ( There is a deterministic delay between listeners).
以下行传输为例(上行传输参考理解),图8为下行传输的示意图,如图8中的(a)所示,下行的数据包从TSN系统中传输到NW-TT,并由NW-TT发送到DS-TT后,DS-TT缓存该数据包至CNC配置的发送时间窗口,以便在离开5GS的时间将数据包发送出去。这种情况下,为赶上CNC配置的发送时间窗口,5GS需要根据数据包需求确定对应的PDB,并保证数据包在UE和UPF网元之间的传输时间不大于PDB,确保数据包能够提前到达DS-TT,并在DS-TT处缓存至发送时间窗。如图8中的(b)所示,TSN AF可以从CNC获取TSN流的调度信息,并据此确定TSN流到达5GS的时间,即在下行方向TSN流到达NW-TT入口的时间,或者说该TSN流的一个突发数据中的第一个数据包到达NW-TT入口的时间,也即下行(down link,DL)突发到达时间(DL burst arrival time,DL BAT))。TSN AF可通过PCF网元向SMF网元发送DL BAT。如通过PCF网元向SMF网元发送携带有该DL BAT的敏感通信协助容器(time sensitive communication assistance container,TSCAC)。SMF网元可根据DL BAT和下行核心网数据时延(DL CN PDB),如将DL BAT与DL CN PDB相加,确定下行方向TSN流到达RAN设备的时间,或者说下行方向TSN流的突发数据中的第一个数据包到达RAN设备的时间,以及确定上行方向TSN流UE离开的最晚可能时间,或者说上行方向TSN流的突发数据中的第一个数据包UE离开的最晚可能时间。然后,SMF网元将这些信息携带在TSCAI中。例如,TSCAI包括:流方向、周期、以及BAT。流方向用于指示TSC流是上行方向的TSC流还是下行方向的TSC流。周期用以指相邻两个BAT之间的间隔。对于下行而言,BAT可用于指示下行方向TSN流的突发数据中的第一个数据包到达RAN设备的时间。或者,对于上行而言,BAT可用于指示上行方向TSN流的突发数据中的第一个数据包UE离开的最晚可能时间。最后,SMF网元向RAN设备发送TSCAI,以便RAN设备根据TSCAI提前预留资源,确保UE和UPF网元之间的传输时间不大于PDB。此外,在这种场景下,SMF网元可以将时延敏感业务映射至一个QoS流,即QoS流与时延敏感业务之间具有对应关系,如一一对应关系,以确保时延敏感业务的数据流能够在5GS中正常传输。Taking downlink transmission as an example (refer to uplink transmission for understanding), Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of downlink transmission. As shown in (a) in Figure 8, the downlink data packets are transmitted from the TSN system to the NW-TT, and are transmitted by the NW-TT. After being sent to DS-TT, DS-TT caches the data packet to the sending time window configured by the CNC so that the data packet can be sent out when it leaves 5GS. In this case, in order to catch up with the sending time window configured by the CNC, 5GS needs to determine the corresponding PDB according to the data packet requirements, and ensure that the transmission time of the data packet between the UE and the UPF network element is not greater than the PDB, ensuring that the data packet can be advanced in advance Arrives at DS-TT and buffers at DS-TT until the sending time window. As shown in (b) in Figure 8, TSN AF can obtain the scheduling information of the TSN flow from the CNC and determine the time when the TSN flow arrives at 5GS, that is, the time when the TSN flow arrives at the NW-TT inlet in the downstream direction, or in other words The time when the first data packet in a burst of data of the TSN flow arrives at the NW-TT inlet, that is, the downlink (down link, DL) burst arrival time (DL burst arrival time, DL BAT)). TSN AF can send DL BAT to SMF network element through PCF network element. For example, a time sensitive communication assistance container (TSCAC) carrying the DL BAT is sent to the SMF network element through the PCF network element. The SMF network element can determine the time for the downlink TSN flow to arrive at the RAN device based on the DL BAT and the downlink core network data delay (DL CN PDB), such as adding the DL BAT and DL CN PDB, or the burst of the downlink TSN flow. The time when the first data packet in the transmitted data arrives at the RAN device, and the latest possible time when the UE leaves in the uplink TSN flow, or the latest possible time when the UE leaves in the burst data of the uplink TSN flow. Later possible time. Then, the SMF network element carries this information in the TSCAI. For example, TSCAI includes: flow direction, period, and BAT. The flow direction is used to indicate whether the TSC flow is an upstream TSC flow or a downstream TSC flow. Period refers to the interval between two adjacent BATs. For the downlink, the BAT can be used to indicate the time when the first packet in the burst data of the TSN flow in the downlink direction arrives at the RAN device. Alternatively, for the uplink, the BAT may be used to indicate the latest possible time for the UE to leave the first packet in the burst of data for the uplink TSN flow. Finally, the SMF network element sends TSCAI to the RAN device so that the RAN device reserves resources in advance based on the TSCAI to ensure that the transmission time between the UE and the UPF network element is not greater than the PDB. In addition, in this scenario, the SMF network element can map the delay-sensitive service to a QoS flow, that is, there is a corresponding relationship between the QoS flow and the delay-sensitive service, such as a one-to-one correspondence, to ensure that the delay-sensitive service Data streams can be transmitted normally in 5GS.
需要指出的是,对于非TSN场景下的TSC业务,5GS也可以采用类似TSN的方式实现。例如,图9为针对非TSN场景下TSC业务的5GS架构示意图,如图9所示,时敏通信时同步功能(time sensitive communication and time synchronization function,TSCTSF)网元可以使能非TSN场景下的TSC业务。例如,TSCTSF网元可以根据AF/NEF网元提供的TSC业务类型参数,确定TSCAC。TSCTSF网元向PCF网元发送该TSCAC,用以配置DS-TT和NW-TT,保证时延的确定性,其具体原理与上述TSN类似,可参考理解,不再赘述。It should be pointed out that for TSC services in non-TSN scenarios, 5GS can also be implemented in a TSN-like manner. For example, Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the 5GS architecture for TSC services in non-TSN scenarios. As shown in Figure 9, the time sensitive communication and time synchronization function (TSCTSF) network element can enable TSC services in non-TSN scenarios. TSC business. For example, the TSCTSF network element can determine TSCAC based on the TSC service type parameters provided by the AF/NEF network element. The TSCTSF network element sends the TSCAC to the PCF network element to configure DS-TT and NW-TT to ensure delay certainty. The specific principle is similar to the above-mentioned TSN, which can be understood by reference and will not be repeated.
5、业务: 5. Business:
随着5GS的不断发展,其数据传输时延不断降低,传输容量越来越大,一些实时性强、数据容量要求大的业务,如扩展现实(extended reality,XR)、触觉互联网等业务,已逐渐适用到5GS中。其中,XR的一种典型是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)。目前,VR已经应用到教育、娱乐、军事、医疗、环保、交通运输、公共卫生等与人们生产、生活息息相关的领域。VR具有多视角,交互性强等优点,为用户提供了一种全新的视觉体验。触觉互联网作为一种新业务,可以实现远程触摸应用及对机器远程的操控,并在视觉、听觉、触觉、嗅觉方面实现远程感知。触觉互联网在工业自动化、医疗保健、远程教育等相关领域具有的极大的发展空间,为用户提供了一种全新的触觉交互体验,具有极大的应用价值和商业潜力。With the continuous development of 5GS, its data transmission delay continues to decrease and its transmission capacity becomes larger and larger. Some services with strong real-time performance and large data capacity requirements, such as extended reality (XR), tactile Internet and other services, have been Gradually applied to 5GS. Among them, a typical example of XR is virtual reality (VR). At present, VR has been applied to education, entertainment, military, medical care, environmental protection, transportation, public health and other fields closely related to people's production and life. VR has the advantages of multiple viewing angles and strong interactivity, providing users with a brand new visual experience. As a new business, tactile Internet can realize remote touch applications and remote control of machines, and realize remote perception in terms of vision, hearing, touch, and smell. Tactile Internet has great room for development in industrial automation, medical care, distance education and other related fields. It provides users with a new tactile interactive experience and has great application value and commercial potential.
这些业务对QoS的要求很高,以确保良好的用户体验。但由于RAN设备并不感知这些业务的数据包与帧的对应关系,导致后续渲染的数据常常与帧不对应,出现画面丢帧、帧跳跃、或帧滞、或者画面与音频不一致等的情况,影响业务的QoS质量。例如,图10为数据包与帧的对应关系示意图,如图10所示,RAN设备在帧#0接收数据包#0,在帧#1解码并向UE发送数据包#0,UE在帧#2渲染显示数据包#0对应的数据。RAN设备在帧#1和帧#2接收数据包#1,在帧#3解码并向UE发送数据包#1,UE在帧#4渲染显示数据包#1对应的数据。此时,出现显示滞后的情况,即由于数据包#1的接收时间晚于其本该进行解码渲染的时间,导致本该在帧#3显示的数据,但却滞后到帧#4显示,使得帧#3仍然显示上一帧的数据,显示画面出现卡顿。RAN设备在帧#2和帧#3接收数据包#2,在帧#3接收数据包#3,在帧#4解码并向UE发送数据包#2和数据包#3。此时,由于数据包#3是最新的数据包,因此数据包#2对应的数据被丢弃,UE在帧#4渲染显示数据包#3对应的数据,即出现显示跳跃的情况(也即丢帧),本该帧#4显示的数据没有显示,却显示应该在下一帧显示的数据,显示画面出现卡顿。These services have high QoS requirements to ensure a good user experience. However, because the RAN equipment does not perceive the correspondence between the data packets and frames of these services, the subsequently rendered data often does not correspond to the frames, causing frame drops, frame jumps, or frame lags, or inconsistencies between the images and audio, etc. Affects the QoS quality of the business. For example, Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the correspondence between data packets and frames. As shown in Figure 10, the RAN device receives data packet #0 in frame #0, decodes and sends data packet #0 to the UE in frame #1, and the UE receives data packet #0 in frame #1. 2 Rendering displays the data corresponding to packet #0. The RAN device receives data packet #1 in frame #1 and frame #2, decodes and sends data packet #1 to the UE in frame #3, and the UE renders and displays the data corresponding to data packet #1 in frame #4. At this time, a display lag occurs, that is, because the reception time of data packet #1 is later than the time when it should be decoded and rendered, the data that should be displayed in frame #3 is delayed until frame #4 is displayed, making Frame #3 still displays the data of the previous frame, and the display screen freezes. The RAN device receives packet #2 in frame #2 and frame #3, receives packet #3 in frame #3, decodes and sends packet #2 and packet #3 to the UE in frame #4. At this time, since data packet #3 is the latest data packet, the data corresponding to data packet #2 is discarded. The UE renders and displays the data corresponding to data packet #3 in frame #4, that is, a display jump occurs (that is, the data is lost). frame), the data that should be displayed in frame #4 is not displayed, but the data that should be displayed in the next frame is displayed, and the display screen freezes.
针对这一问题,目前的解决方案是针对具有完整性传输(integrated transmission)要求的业务(如同一帧中的数据包),业务层将完整性传输需求通知CN,由CN的网元,如SMF网元标记到QoS配置中。SMF网元向RAN设备发送该QoS配置,以便在RAN设备将属于同一帧的数据包作为一个整体进行传输。完整性传输的表述形式可以是:内容(content)完整性传输、任务(task)完整性传输、事件(event)完整性、或对象/类(Object)完整性。其中,内容完整性可以是多个维度信息具有内在关联关系,如同一画面帧对应的多个数据包、同一画面帧对应的基本层和增强层、或者画面帧与音频对应的多个数据包等等。此外,多个维度信息,如基本层和增强层可能各自对应不同的QoS需求,也即不同的QoS,使得完整性传输也可以存在调度优先级。任务/事件/对象完整性可以是同一任务中的数据具有完整性需求。例如,触觉互联网中,远程操作机械臂打篮球,则传输中,视频、音频、动作、触觉、嗅觉等信息对应的多个数据包之间具有依赖相关性。To address this problem, the current solution is to target services with integrated transmission requirements (such as data packets in the same frame). The business layer notifies the CN of the integrity transmission requirements, and the network elements of the CN, such as SMF Network elements are marked in the QoS configuration. The SMF network element sends the QoS configuration to the RAN device so that the RAN device transmits data packets belonging to the same frame as a whole. The expression form of integrity transmission can be: content integrity transmission, task integrity transmission, event integrity, or object/class integrity. Among them, content integrity can be the intrinsic correlation between multiple dimensions of information, such as multiple data packets corresponding to the same picture frame, the basic layer and enhancement layer corresponding to the same picture frame, or multiple data packets corresponding to the picture frame and audio, etc. wait. In addition, multiple dimensions of information, such as the basic layer and the enhanced layer, may each correspond to different QoS requirements, that is, different QoS, so that integrity transmission may also have scheduling priorities. Task/Event/Object Integrity can be data within the same task that has integrity requirements. For example, in the tactile Internet, when a robotic arm is remotely operated to play basketball, during transmission, multiple data packets corresponding to video, audio, motion, touch, smell and other information have dependencies and correlations.
作为一种实现方式,可以在数据包中增加帧信息,用以指示帧与数据包的对应关系,即具有相同帧信息的数据包属于同一帧。在QoS流的特征属性中增加参数,如完整性传输参数,用以指示QoS流对应的业务是否开启完整性传输。以及,在5QI中增加属性,如完整性传输属性,用以指示QoS流对应的业务是否开启完整性传输。这样,在开启完整性传输的情况下,RAN设备通过解析数据包,可确定属于同一帧的数据包有哪些,以便在同一帧显示这些数据包对应的数据。如此,每一帧对应的数据都能够被有序显示或播放,以缓 解画面丢帧、帧跳跃、或帧滞、或者画面与音频不一致等的情况,保障业务的QoS质量。但是,这种方式需要RAN设备识别每个数据包对应的头信息,开销很大。As an implementation method, frame information can be added to the data packet to indicate the correspondence between the frame and the data packet, that is, data packets with the same frame information belong to the same frame. Add parameters, such as integrity transmission parameters, to the characteristic attributes of the QoS flow to indicate whether integrity transmission is enabled for the service corresponding to the QoS flow. Also, add attributes in 5QI, such as integrity transmission attributes, to indicate whether the service corresponding to the QoS flow enables integrity transmission. In this way, when integrity transmission is turned on, the RAN device can determine which data packets belong to the same frame by parsing the data packets, so that the data corresponding to these data packets can be displayed in the same frame. In this way, the data corresponding to each frame can be displayed or played in order to slow down Solve the situation of frame loss, frame jump, or frame lag, or inconsistency between picture and audio, etc. to ensure the QoS quality of the business. However, this method requires the RAN device to identify the header information corresponding to each data packet, which is very expensive.
综上,针对上述技术问题,本申请实施例提出了如下技术方案,以实现通过低开销的方式保障业务的QoS质量。下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。In summary, in response to the above technical problems, the embodiments of this application propose the following technical solutions to ensure the QoS quality of services in a low-overhead manner. The technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统,车到任意物体(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信系统、设备间(device-todevie,D2D)通信系统、车联网通信系统、4G,如LTE系统、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、5G,如NR系统,以及未来的通信系统,如第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, vehicle to everything (V2X) communication systems, device-to-device (D2D) Communication systems, Internet of Vehicles communication systems, 4G, such as LTE systems, global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication systems, 5G, such as NR systems, and future communication systems, such as the 6th generation , 6G) mobile communication systems, etc.
本申请将围绕可包括多个设备、组件、模块等的系统来呈现各个方面、实施例或特征。应当理解和明白的是,各个系统可以包括另外的设备、组件、模块等,并且/或者可以并不包括结合附图讨论的所有设备、组件、模块等。此外,还可以使用这些方案的组合。This application will present various aspects, embodiments, or features in terms of systems, which may include multiple devices, components, modules, etc. It should be understood and appreciated that various systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc., and/or may not include all devices, components, modules, etc. discussed in connection with the figures. Additionally, a combination of these scenarios can be used.
另外,在本申请实施例中,“示例的”、“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。In addition, in the embodiments of this application, words such as "exemplary" and "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiment or design described herein as "example" is not intended to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the word example is intended to present a concept in a concrete way.
本申请实施例中,“信息(information)”,“信号(signal)”,“消息(message)”,“信道(channel)”、“信令(singaling)”有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是匹配的。“的(of)”,“相应的(corresponding,relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是匹配的。此外,本申请提到的“/”可以用于表示“或”的关系。本申请实施例中,“帧”也可以替换其他类似的表述。例如,一个帧可能包含多个不同的片(slice),一个片在5GS中传递时会由不同的数据包组成,如一组数据包,因此,“帧”也可以替换为“片”或“数据包组(PDU Set)”,对此不做具体限定。In the embodiments of this application, "information", "signal", "message", "channel" and "signaling" can sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be noted that, When the difference is not emphasized, the meanings they convey are consistent. "Of", "corresponding, relevant" and "corresponding" can sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be noted that when the difference is not emphasized, the meanings they convey are consistent. In addition, the "/" mentioned in this application may be used to express an "or" relationship. In the embodiment of this application, "frame" can also be replaced with other similar expressions. For example, a frame may contain multiple different slices. When a slice is transmitted in 5GS, it will be composed of different data packets, such as a set of data packets. Therefore, "frame" can also be replaced by "slice" or "data". "Packet Group (PDU Set)", there is no specific limit on this.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are for the purpose of explaining the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先以图11中示出的通信系统为例详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。示例性的,图11为本申请实施例提供的通信方法所适用的一种通信系统的架构示意图。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application is first described in detail, taking the communication system shown in FIG. 11 as an example. Exemplarily, FIG. 11 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system to which the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
如图11所示,该通信系统可以适用于上述5GS,主要包括:终端、接入网设备、策略控制网元以及会话管理网元。其中,在5GS的非漫游架构下,策略控制网元可以是PCF网元,会话管理网元可以是SMF网元。在5GS的LBO架构下,策略控制网元可以是VPLMN中的PCF网元,会话管理网元可以是VPLMN中的SMF网元。在5GS的HR架构下,策略控制网元可以是HPLMN中的PCF网元,会话管理网元可以是HPLMN中的SMF网元。此时,终端或接入网设备可以通过VPLMN中的AMF网元和SMF网元,与策略控制网元和会话管理网元通信。此外,终端、接入网设备、策略控制网元以及会话管理网元的相关功能可以参考上述5GS中的相关介绍,不再赘述。该通信系统也可以适用于未来的通信系统,如6G通信系统,对此不做具体限定。 As shown in Figure 11, this communication system can be applied to the above-mentioned 5GS, and mainly includes: terminals, access network equipment, policy control network elements, and session management network elements. Among them, under the non-roaming architecture of 5GS, the policy control network element can be a PCF network element, and the session management network element can be an SMF network element. Under the LBO architecture of 5GS, the policy control network element can be the PCF network element in the VPLMN, and the session management network element can be the SMF network element in the VPLMN. Under the HR architecture of 5GS, the policy control network element can be the PCF network element in HPLMN, and the session management network element can be the SMF network element in HPLMN. At this time, the terminal or access network device can communicate with the policy control network element and session management network element through the AMF network element and SMF network element in the VPLMN. In addition, the relevant functions of terminals, access network equipment, policy control network elements, and session management network elements can be referred to the relevant introduction in the above 5GS and will not be described again. The communication system can also be applied to future communication systems, such as 6G communication systems, without specific limitations.
在本申请实施例中,策略控制网元可以通过会话管理网元,为终端或接入网设备配置业务对应的PER,例如满足业务的丢帧率限制的PER。或者,策略控制网元也可以通过会话管理网元,为终端或接入网设备配置该业务的相关信息,以便终端或接入网设备据此确定该业务对应的PER。如此,终端或接入网设备可直接根据该PER处理该业务的数据包,无需识别数据包对应的头信息,以实现通过较低的开销来保障业务的丢帧率,从而保障业务的QoS质量。In this embodiment of the present application, the policy control network element can configure the PER corresponding to the service for the terminal or access network device through the session management network element, for example, the PER that meets the frame loss rate limit of the service. Alternatively, the policy control network element can also configure the relevant information of the service for the terminal or access network device through the session management network element, so that the terminal or access network device can determine the PER corresponding to the service accordingly. In this way, the terminal or access network equipment can directly process the data packets of the service based on the PER without identifying the header information corresponding to the data packets, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service through lower overhead, thereby ensuring the QoS quality of the service. .
为方便理解,下面将结合图12-图17,通过方法实施例具体介绍上述终端、接入网设备、策略控制网元以及会话管理网元之间的交互流程。在方法实施例中,UE可以是上述通信系统中的终端,RAN设备可以是上述通信系统中的接入网设备,SMF网元可以是上述通信系统中的会话管理网元,PCF网元可以是上述通信系统中的策略控制网元。下面具体介绍。To facilitate understanding, the interaction process between the above-mentioned terminal, access network device, policy control network element and session management network element will be introduced in detail through method embodiments with reference to Figures 12 to 17. In the method embodiment, the UE may be a terminal in the above communication system, the RAN device may be an access network device in the above communication system, the SMF network element may be a session management network element in the above communication system, and the PCF network element may be The policy control network elements in the above communication system. Details are introduced below.
场景1:scene 1:
示例性的,图12为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图一。在场景1中,PCF网元可以向SMF网元发送业务对应的PER,SMF网元以QoS流为粒度,为UE或RAN设备配置该PER,以便UE或RAN设备根据该PER,处理QoS流对应的该业务的数据包,以保障业务的丢帧率,从而保障业务的QoS质量。Exemplarily, FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart 1 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. In scenario 1, the PCF network element can send the PER corresponding to the service to the SMF network element. The SMF network element uses the QoS flow as the granularity to configure the PER for the UE or RAN device, so that the UE or RAN device processes the QoS flow corresponding to the PER. of the data packets of the service to ensure the frame loss rate of the service, thereby ensuring the QoS quality of the service.
具体的,如图12所示,该通信方法的流程如下:Specifically, as shown in Figure 12, the flow of this communication method is as follows:
S1201,建立数据连接会话。S1201, establish a data connection session.
UE可以接入5G网络并发起会话请求。SMF网元可以为该UE建立对应的数据连接会话,如PDU会话,确保用户面数据能够正常传输。其中,建立PDU会话的流程可以参考第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)中TS23.502 4.3.2章节的定义,不再赘述。为方便理解,下文以PDU会话为例进行介绍。The UE can access the 5G network and initiate a session request. The SMF network element can establish a corresponding data connection session, such as a PDU session, for the UE to ensure that user plane data can be transmitted normally. Among them, the process of establishing a PDU session can refer to the definition in Chapter 4.3.2 of TS23.502 in the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP), which will not be described again. To facilitate understanding, the following uses a PDU session as an example for introduction.
S1202,AF向PCF网元发送业务的相关信息和/或业务对应的PER。相应的,PCF网元接收来自AF的业务的相关信息和/或业务对应的PER。S1202. The AF sends the relevant information of the service and/or the PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element. Correspondingly, the PCF network element receives the relevant information of the service from the AF and/or the PER corresponding to the service.
其中,业务的相关信息可以与该业务的需求有关。业务的相关信息可以包括该业务的如下至少一项:帧特征信息、或丢帧率限制信息。Among them, the business-related information may be related to the needs of the business. The relevant information of the service may include at least one of the following items of the service: frame characteristic information or frame loss rate limit information.
业务的丢帧率限制信息可用于指示该业务的丢帧率小于或等于该业务的丢帧率限制,也即业务可以接受的最大丢帧率。可选地,该业务的丢帧率限制的一种表示形式为:该业务的丢帧率限制为A%,表示每100帧中最多能丢A帧,A的取值大于0。例如,该业务的丢帧率限制为10%,表示每10帧最多能丢1帧。又例如,该业务的丢帧率限制5%,表示每20帧最多能丢1帧。或者,在终端或接入网设备默认以多少帧为单位的情况下,该业务的丢帧率限制的一种表示形式为:该业务的丢帧率限制为A,表示在默认的帧数中最多能丢A帧。例如,默认以50帧为单位,A为5,表示每50帧最多能丢5帧。又例如,默认以100帧为单位,A为5,表示每100帧最多能丢5帧。或者,可选地,该业务的丢帧率限制的一种表示形式为:每A帧允许丢1帧。例如,A为10,表示每10帧最多能丢1帧。The frame loss rate limit information of the service can be used to indicate that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit of the service, that is, the maximum frame loss rate that the service can accept. Optionally, one expression form of the frame loss rate limit of this service is: the frame loss rate limit of this service is A%, which means that a maximum of A frames can be lost in every 100 frames, and the value of A is greater than 0. For example, the frame loss rate of this service is limited to 10%, which means that a maximum of 1 frame can be lost every 10 frames. For another example, the frame loss rate of this service is limited to 5%, which means that a maximum of 1 frame can be lost every 20 frames. Or, when the terminal or access network equipment defaults to a number of frames as the unit, one expression form of the frame loss rate limit of the service is: the frame loss rate limit of the service is A, which is expressed in the default number of frames. At most A frames can be lost. For example, the default unit is 50 frames, and A is 5, which means that a maximum of 5 frames can be lost every 50 frames. For another example, the default unit is 100 frames, and A is 5, which means that a maximum of 5 frames can be lost every 100 frames. Or, optionally, one expression form of the frame loss rate limit of this service is: one frame is allowed to be lost for every A frame. For example, A is 10, which means that a maximum of 1 frame can be lost every 10 frames.
业务的帧特征信息可以描述该业务的帧特征。业务的帧特征信息可用于PCF网元确定业务的帧内的数据包数量(记为帧内数据包数量,下同),如帧内最大数据包数量,或帧内平均数据包数量,以便PCF网元能够根据帧内数据包数量,将业务的丢帧率转换成业务的丢包率,也即PER。例如,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包 数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。帧周期与上述TSCAI中的周期类似,用于指示业务相邻两个帧之间的间隔,也即相邻两个突发之间的间隔。该BAT与上述TSCAI中的BAT类似,BAT可以用于指示该业务的一个突发数据(或者说一个帧)中的第一个数据包到达RAN设备的时间,也即下行BAT。或者,BAT也可以用于指示该业务的一个突发数据(或者说一个帧)中的第一个数据包离开UE的时间,如最晚可能时间,也即上行BAT。最大数据包数量可以指一个帧的单位时间(或者说时间窗)内最大的数据包数量,该单位时间可以小于或等于帧周期。最大数据突发量可以指一个帧的单位时间(或者说时间窗)内最大的数据量,或者说最大的数据流量。数据包周期可以指一个帧内相邻两个数据包之间的间隔。The frame characteristic information of the service can describe the frame characteristics of the service. The frame characteristic information of the service can be used by the PCF network element to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service (recorded as the number of data packets in the frame, the same below), such as the maximum number of data packets in the frame, or the average number of data packets in the frame, so that PCF The network element can convert the frame loss rate of the service into the packet loss rate of the service, that is, PER, based on the number of data packets in the frame. For example, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum data packet quantity, maximum data burst, or packet period. The frame period is similar to the period in TSCAI mentioned above, and is used to indicate the interval between two adjacent frames of the service, that is, the interval between two adjacent bursts. This BAT is similar to the BAT in the above-mentioned TSCAI. The BAT can be used to indicate the time when the first data packet in a burst of data (or a frame) of the service arrives at the RAN device, that is, the downlink BAT. Alternatively, BAT can also be used to indicate the time when the first data packet in a burst of data (or a frame) of the service leaves the UE, such as the latest possible time, that is, the uplink BAT. The maximum number of data packets can refer to the maximum number of data packets within the unit time (or time window) of a frame, and the unit time can be less than or equal to the frame period. The maximum data burst amount can refer to the maximum data amount within the unit time (or time window) of a frame, or the maximum data flow. Packet period can refer to the interval between two adjacent data packets within a frame.
需要指出的是,虽然数据以数据包周期为间隔发送,但一个帧内的数据发送持续时间不一定持续整个帧周期。It should be pointed out that although data is sent at intervals of the data packet period, the duration of data sending within a frame does not necessarily last for the entire frame period.
在此基础上,PCF网元可以根据业务的帧特征信息中的各种参数,选择自身支持的参数来确定该帧内数据包数量,避免因为PCF网元不支持上述某些参数,而导致其无法确定帧内数据包数量,以保证方案的可靠性。其中,PCF网元可以根据帧周期和数据包周期确定帧内数据包数量。例如,帧内数据包数量=帧周期/数据包周期;或者,PCF网元可以根据最大数据包数量确定帧内数据包数量,如帧内数据包数量=最大数据包数量。PCF网元也可以根据最大数据突发量确定帧内数据包数量。例如,帧内数据包数量=最大数据突发量/最大传输单元(maximum transmission unit,MTU)。该MTU可以是PCF网元预配置,或者由SMF网元向PCF网元上报。PCF网元还可以根据单位时间和数据包周期确定帧内数据包数量。例如,帧内数据包数量=单位时间/数据包周期。On this basis, the PCF network element can select the parameters it supports to determine the number of data packets in the frame based on the various parameters in the frame characteristic information of the service, so as to avoid causing problems due to the PCF network element not supporting some of the above parameters. The number of packets within a frame cannot be determined to ensure the reliability of the scheme. Among them, the PCF network element can determine the number of data packets in the frame based on the frame period and data packet period. For example, the number of data packets in the frame = frame period/data packet period; or, the PCF network element can determine the number of data packets in the frame based on the maximum number of data packets, such as the number of data packets in the frame = the maximum number of data packets. The PCF network element can also determine the number of data packets in the frame based on the maximum data burst volume. For example, the number of data packets in a frame = maximum data burst/maximum transmission unit (maximum transmission unit, MTU). The MTU may be preconfigured by the PCF network element, or reported by the SMF network element to the PCF network element. The PCF network element can also determine the number of data packets in the frame based on the unit time and data packet period. For example, the number of data packets in a frame = unit time/data packet period.
可以理解,上述是以PCF网元自行确定帧内数据包数量为例,不作为限定,例如,PCF网元也可以直接从AF获取该帧内数据包数量。It can be understood that the above is an example in which the PCF network element determines the number of data packets in the frame by itself, and is not a limitation. For example, the PCF network element can also directly obtain the number of data packets in the frame from the AF.
业务对应的PER(或者说业务对应的需求)可根据上述业务的相关信息确定。其中,PCF网元可根据业务的丢帧率限制信息,确定该业务对应的PER。例如,如果业务的丢帧率限制为A%,则确定PER也为A%。或者,PCF网元也可以根据业务的丢帧率限制信息,以及帧内数据包数量,确定该业务对应的PER。例如,如果业务的丢帧率限制为A%,帧内数据包数量为B个,B为正整数,则确定PER为A/B%。其中,PER为A%是相对宽松的丢包率条件,而PER为A/B%是相对严格的丢包率条件,两者一个构成一个范围,如[A/B%,A%],使得PCF网元可以在该范围内选择适合的PER,也即A/B%≤C≤A%,C为PER的指定取值,以兼顾开销和业务需求。The PER corresponding to the business (or the demand corresponding to the business) can be determined based on the relevant information of the above business. Among them, the PCF network element can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the frame loss rate limit information of the service. For example, if the frame loss rate limit of the service is A%, it is determined that the PER is also A%. Alternatively, the PCF network element can also determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the frame loss rate limit information of the service and the number of data packets in the frame. For example, if the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of intra-frame data packets is B, and B is a positive integer, then the PER is determined to be A/B%. Among them, PER of A% is a relatively loose packet loss rate condition, while PER of A/B% is a relatively strict packet loss rate condition. Each of the two constitutes a range, such as [A/B%, A%], such that The PCF network element can select a suitable PER within this range, that is, A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, where C is the specified value of PER to take into account both overhead and business requirements.
可以理解,通过业务的丢帧率限制为A%确定PER,需要先确定最多每几个帧可以丢一个帧。当然,也可以采用其他方式确定PER。例如,如果业务的丢帧率限制为A%,帧内数据包数量为B个,B为正整数。则确定A%=1-(1-PER)^B,从而进一步确定 可以看出,这种方式确定的PER可以准确表示单个数据包的丢失与整个帧的丢失之间的对应关系,因此这种计算方式可以不要求先确定最多每几个帧可以丢一个帧。It can be understood that to determine the PER by limiting the frame loss rate of the service to A%, it is necessary to first determine that at most one frame can be lost every few frames. Of course, other ways of determining PER can also be used. For example, if the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of intra-frame data packets is B, and B is a positive integer. Then it is determined that A%=1-(1-PER)^B, thus further determining It can be seen that the PER determined in this way can accurately represent the correspondence between the loss of a single packet and the loss of the entire frame. Therefore, this calculation method does not require first determining that at most one frame can be lost every few frames.
需要指出的是,如果PER为A%,则需要保证在同一帧内丢包,以满足业务的丢帧率限制。例如,以10帧,每帧包括5个数据包为例。如果业务的丢帧率限制为10%,PER为10%,那么这50个数据包最多可以丢5个数据包。此时,需要保证这5个数据包属于同一帧,即10帧中丢1帧,以满足业务的丢帧率限制。否则,如果这5个数据包属于不同的 帧,则导致这10帧中丢帧数量大于1,从而无法满足业务的丢帧率限制。但是,如果PER为A/B%,则显然能够满足业务的丢帧率限制,例如,以10帧,每帧包括5个数据包为例,如果业务的丢帧率限制为10%,PER为10/5%=2%,那么这50个数据包最多可以丢1个数据包,也即10帧中最多丢1帧,满足业务的丢帧率限制。It should be pointed out that if the PER is A%, it is necessary to ensure that packets are lost within the same frame to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service. For example, take 10 frames, each frame includes 5 data packets. If the frame loss rate of the service is limited to 10% and the PER is 10%, then these 50 data packets can lose up to 5 data packets. At this time, it is necessary to ensure that these 5 data packets belong to the same frame, that is, 1 frame is lost in 10 frames to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service. Otherwise, if these 5 packets belong to different frame, the number of lost frames in these 10 frames will be greater than 1, thus failing to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service. However, if the PER is A/B%, it can obviously meet the frame loss rate limit of the business. For example, taking 10 frames and each frame including 5 data packets as an example, if the frame loss rate limit of the business is 10%, the PER is 10/5%=2%, then these 50 data packets can lose at most 1 data packet, that is, at most 1 frame is lost in 10 frames, which meets the frame loss rate limit of the business.
此外,上述是以PCF网元自行确定PER为例,不作为限定。例如,AF可以预配置该业务对应的PER,或者,AF可以根据该业务的相关信息确定该业务对应的PER。这样,PCF网元便可以直接从AF获取该业务对应的PER,以降低PCF网元的开销,提高运行效率。又例如,AF可以将业务的相关信息/业务对应的PER(需求)存入UDR网元,如通过NEF存入UDR网元。PDU会话建立后,PCF网元可以从UDR网元获取该业务的相关信息/业务对应的PER(需求)。例如,PCF网元可以向UDR网元发送业务描述信息,如应用标识或业务数据流过滤器等。相应的,UDR网元根据业务描述信息,向PCF网元返回该业务的相关信息/业务对应的PER。In addition, the above is an example in which the PCF network element determines the PER on its own, and is not a limitation. For example, the AF can pre-configure the PER corresponding to the service, or the AF can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service. In this way, the PCF network element can directly obtain the PER corresponding to the service from the AF, thereby reducing the cost of the PCF network element and improving operating efficiency. For another example, AF can store the relevant information of the service/the PER (requirement) corresponding to the service into the UDR network element, such as through NEF. After the PDU session is established, the PCF network element can obtain the relevant information of the service/the PER (requirement) corresponding to the service from the UDR network element. For example, the PCF network element can send service description information, such as application identifiers or service data flow filters, to the UDR network element. Correspondingly, the UDR network element returns the relevant information of the service/the PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element according to the service description information.
本申请实施例中,对于AF发送业务的相关信息和/或业务对应的PER,AF可通过复用已有的消息,如调用任何可能的服务化接口服务,比如通过策略授权(Npcf_PolicyAuthorization)服务,向PCF网元发送该业务的相关信息和/或业务对应的PER,以降低通信开销,提高通信效率。或者,AF也可以通过新的服务向PCF网元发送该业务的相关信息和/或业务对应的PER,对此不做具体限定。In the embodiment of this application, for the relevant information of the service sent by the AF and/or the PER corresponding to the service, the AF can reuse the existing message, such as calling any possible service-oriented interface service, such as through the policy authorization (Npcf_PolicyAuthorization) service. Send relevant information of the service and/or PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element to reduce communication overhead and improve communication efficiency. Alternatively, the AF can also send the relevant information of the service and/or the PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element through a new service, without any specific limitation.
S1203,PCF网元向SMF网元发送PER。相应的,SMF网元接收来自PCF网元的PER。S1203. The PCF network element sends PER to the SMF network element. Correspondingly, the SMF network element receives the PER from the PCF network element.
其中,PER可以携带在策略与计费控制(policy and charging control,PCC)规则中,以复用已有信元,降低通信开销,提高通信效率。当然,PER也可以携带在其他任何可能的信元中,对此不做具体限定。Among them, PER can be carried in policy and charging control (PCC) rules to reuse existing cells, reduce communication overhead, and improve communication efficiency. Of course, PER can also be carried in any other possible information element, and there is no specific limitation on this.
S1204,SMF网元将PCC规则映射至QoS流。S1204: The SMF network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
由于PCC规则是业务数据流(service data flow,SDF)粒度的规则,而RAN设备是以QoS流为粒度调度业务的,因此SMF网元需要将SDF映射到对应的QoS流上,也即将PCC规则映射至对应的QoS流(建立PCC规则与对应的QoS流的对应关系),以实现以QoS流为粒度保障业务的QoS质量。Since PCC rules are rules at the granularity of service data flow (SDF), and RAN equipment schedules services at the granularity of QoS flows, the SMF network element needs to map the SDF to the corresponding QoS flow, that is, the PCC rules Map to the corresponding QoS flow (establish the corresponding relationship between PCC rules and the corresponding QoS flow) to ensure the QoS quality of the service with the QoS flow as the granularity.
一种可能的方式中,SMF网元将PCC规则中的PER作为映射参数。SMF网元可以确定PCC规则中的PER与QoS流参数中的PER是否相同。如果PCC规则中的PER与QoS流参数中的PER相同,则将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流,以实现复用已有QoS流,降低开销。当然,这种情况下,需要PCC规则中的其他绑定参数也要相同,其他映射参数的具体实现原理可以参考上述“3、映射机制”中的相关介绍,不再赘述。或者,如果PCC规则中的PER与QoS流参数中的PER不同,则SMF网元可以创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流绑定,避免PCC规则影响已有的QoS流。例如,QoS流#1的参数包括:PER#1,QoS流#2的参数包括:PER#2,PCC规则包括:PER#1。如此,SMF网元确定QoS流#1的参数中的PER#1与PCC规则中的PER#1相同,将PCC规则映射至QoS流#1。又例如,QoS流#1的参数包括:PER#1,QoS流#2的参数包括:PER#2,PCC规则包括:PER#3。如此,SMF网元确定所有QoS流参数中的PER与PCC规则中的PER#3都不相同,从而创建新的QoS流#3,将PCC规则映射至QoS流#3。In one possible way, the SMF network element uses the PER in the PCC rule as a mapping parameter. The SMF network element can determine whether the PER in the PCC rule and the PER in the QoS flow parameters are the same. If the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the QoS flow parameter, map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter to reuse the existing QoS flow and reduce overhead. Of course, in this case, other binding parameters in the PCC rules need to be the same. For the specific implementation principles of other mapping parameters, you can refer to the relevant introduction in "3. Mapping Mechanism" above, and will not be described again. Alternatively, if the PER in the PCC rule is different from the PER in the QoS flow parameters, the SMF network element can create a QoS flow and map the PCC rule to the created QoS flow binding to prevent the PCC rule from affecting the existing QoS flow. For example, the parameters of QoS flow #1 include: PER#1, the parameters of QoS flow #2 include: PER#2, and the PCC rule includes: PER#1. In this way, the SMF network element determines that PER#1 in the parameters of QoS flow #1 is the same as PER#1 in the PCC rule, and maps the PCC rule to QoS flow #1. For another example, the parameters of QoS flow #1 include: PER#1, the parameters of QoS flow #2 include: PER#2, and the PCC rule includes: PER#3. In this way, the SMF network element determines that the PER in all QoS flow parameters is different from the PER#3 in the PCC rule, thereby creating a new QoS flow #3 and mapping the PCC rule to QoS flow #3.
或者,另一种可能的方式中,SMF网元可以不执行上述QoS流参数与PCC规则的匹 配,直接创建一个独立的QoS流,并将PCC规则映射至该独立的QoS流。可选地,这种情况下,没有其他PCC规则映射到该QoS流上。Or, in another possible way, the SMF network element may not perform the matching of the above QoS flow parameters with the PCC rules. configuration, directly create an independent QoS flow, and map PCC rules to the independent QoS flow. Optionally, in this case, no other PCC rules are mapped to this QoS flow.
可以理解,由于PCC规则与QoS流绑定,那么该PCC规则中的PER与该QoS流的PER相同。It can be understood that since the PCC rule is bound to the QoS flow, the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER of the QoS flow.
S1205,SMF网元向RAN设备发送PER与QoS流的对应关系。相应的,RAN设备接收来自SMF网元的PER与QoS流的对应关系。S1205. The SMF network element sends the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow to the RAN device. Correspondingly, the RAN device receives the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the SMF network element.
其中,该PER可以为S1204中被映射的PCC规则中的PER。The PER may be the PER in the PCC rule mapped in S1204.
其中,SMF网元发送PER与QoS流的对应关系的一种可能是:SMF网元向RAN设备发送QoS流标识信息和PER,该QoS流标识信息与该PER默认对应。该对应关系可以承载在已有的消息中,如调用任何可能的服务,以实现信令复用,提高通信效率。或者,该对应关系也可以承载在新创建的消息中,对此不做具体限定。One possibility of the correspondence between the SMF network element sending the PER and the QoS flow is: the SMF network element sends the QoS flow identification information and the PER to the RAN device, and the QoS flow identification information corresponds to the PER by default. This correspondence can be carried in existing messages, such as calling any possible service, to achieve signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency. Alternatively, the corresponding relationship can also be carried in a newly created message, and there is no specific limitation on this.
可选地,参考上述S1202中的介绍可知,如果PER是相对宽松的丢包率条件,如PER为A%,则SMF网元还可以向RAN设备发送指示信息#1,用以指示RAN设备需要在同一帧内丢包,以满足业务的丢帧率限制。或者,SMF网元也可以不向RAN设备发送指示信息#1,RAN设备默认需要在同一帧内丢包。Optionally, referring to the introduction in S1202 above, it can be seen that if PER is a relatively loose packet loss rate condition, such as PER is A%, the SMF network element can also send indication information #1 to the RAN device to indicate that the RAN device needs Packets are lost within the same frame to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service. Alternatively, the SMF network element may not send indication information #1 to the RAN device, and the RAN device needs to lose packets in the same frame by default.
S1206,RAN设备根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。S1206: The RAN device processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
RAN设备可以根据PER与QoS流的对应关系,确定该QoS流的PER。这样,RAN设备可以根据该PER,确定该QoS流对应的链路配置,或者说链路层配置。例如,无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)的配置和/或混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)的配置,或者其他任何可能的配置。如此,RAN设备可以根据链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,确保业务的丢包率能够满足该PER的要求,从而保障业务的丢帧率。The RAN device can determine the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow. In this way, the RAN device can determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow, or the link layer configuration, based on the PER. For example, the configuration of radio link control (RLC) and/or the configuration of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ), or any other possible configuration. In this way, the RAN device can send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
S1207,SMF网元向UE发送PER与QoS流的对应关系。相应的,UE接收来自SMF网元的PER与QoS流的对应关系。S1207. The SMF network element sends the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE receives the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the SMF network element.
其中,该PER与QoS流的对应关系可以承载在已有的消息中,如任何可能的NAS消息,以实现信令复用,提高通信效率。或者,该对应关系也可以承载在新创建的消息中,对此不做具体限定。Among them, the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow can be carried in existing messages, such as any possible NAS messages, to achieve signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency. Alternatively, the corresponding relationship can also be carried in a newly created message, and there is no specific limitation on this.
可选地,参考上述S1202中的介绍可知,如果PER是相对宽松的丢包率条件,如PER为A%,则SMF网元还可以向UE发送指示信息#1,用以指示UE发需要在同一帧内丢包,以满足业务的丢帧率限制。或者,SMF网元也可以不向UE发送指示信息#1,UE默认需要在同一帧内丢包。Optionally, referring to the introduction in S1202 above, it can be seen that if the PER is a relatively loose packet loss rate condition, such as the PER is A%, the SMF network element can also send indication information #1 to the UE to instruct the UE to send the packet loss rate that needs to be Packets are lost within the same frame to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service. Alternatively, the SMF network element may not send indication information #1 to the UE, and the UE needs to lose packets in the same frame by default.
S1208,UE根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。S1208: The UE processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
UE可以根据PER与QoS流的对应关系,确定该QoS流的PER。这样,UE可以根据该PER,确定该QoS流对应的链路配置。例如,RLC的配置和/或HARQ的配置,或者其他任何可能的配置。如此,UE可以根据链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,确保业务的丢包率能够满足该PER的要求,从而保障业务的丢帧率。The UE can determine the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow. In this way, the UE can determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For example, RLC configuration and/or HARQ configuration, or any other possible configuration. In this way, the UE can send data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
需要指出的是,S1205-S1206与S1207-S1208之间的执行顺序不限定。S1205-S1206与S1207-S1208为可选步骤,例如SMF网元可以只向RAN发送对应关系,或者SMF网元可以只向UE发送对应关系。此外,SMF网元向RAN发送的对应关系中的PER,与SMF网 元向UE发送的对应关系中的PER可以相同,或者也可以不同,对此不做具体限定。It should be pointed out that the execution order between S1205-S1206 and S1207-S1208 is not limited. S1205-S1206 and S1207-S1208 are optional steps. For example, the SMF network element can only send the corresponding relationship to the RAN, or the SMF network element can only send the corresponding relationship to the UE. In addition, the PER in the corresponding relationship sent by the SMF network element to the RAN is consistent with the SMF network element. The PERs in the corresponding relationship sent by the UE to the UE may be the same or different, and there is no specific limitation on this.
场景2:Scenario 2:
示例性的,图13为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图二。在场景2中PCF网元可以向SMF网元发送业务对应的PER,以及该PER的执行条件(记为执行条件)。SMF网元以QoS流为粒度,为UE或RAN设备配置PER和执行条件。如此,UE或RAN设备可以根据该执行条件,获取业务实际的丢包率或丢帧率,并根据该丢包率或丢帧率,动态选择该QoS流当前对应的PER,以确保PER能够满足业务当前的需求,从而保障业务的丢帧率。Exemplarily, FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart 2 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. In scenario 2, the PCF network element can send the PER corresponding to the service and the execution conditions of the PER (recorded as execution conditions) to the SMF network element. SMF network elements use QoS flows as granularity to configure PER and execution conditions for UE or RAN equipment. In this way, the UE or RAN device can obtain the actual packet loss rate or frame loss rate of the service based on the execution conditions, and dynamically select the PER currently corresponding to the QoS flow based on the packet loss rate or frame loss rate to ensure that the PER can meet The current needs of the business, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the business.
具体的,如图13所示,该通信方法的流程如下:Specifically, as shown in Figure 13, the flow of this communication method is as follows:
S1301,建立数据连接会话。S1301, establish a data connection session.
其中,S1301的具体实现原理可以参考上述S1201的相关介绍,不再赘述。Among them, the specific implementation principle of S1301 can be referred to the relevant introduction of S1201 above, and will not be described again.
S1302,AF向PCF网元发送业务的相关信息和/或业务对应的PER。相应的,PCF网元接收来自AF的业务的相关信息和/或业务对应的PER。S1302: The AF sends the relevant information of the service and/or the PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element. Correspondingly, the PCF network element receives the relevant information of the service from the AF and/or the PER corresponding to the service.
其中,业务的相关信息可以与该业务的需求有关,包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。业务的丢帧率限制信息的具体实现原理可以参考上述S1202中的相关介绍,不再赘述。业务的帧特征信息可以包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期,具体实现原理可以参考上述S1202中的相关介绍,不再赘述。可选地,业务的帧特征信息可以包括如下至少一项:BAT。BAT可以用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,具体实现原理也可以参考上述1202中的相关介绍,不再赘述。The service-related information may be related to the requirements of the service, including at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information, or frame characteristic information. For the specific implementation principle of the frame loss rate limit information of the service, please refer to the relevant introduction in S1202 above, and will not be described again. The frame characteristic information of the service may include at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period. For specific implementation principles, please refer to the relevant introduction in S1202 above, which will not be described again. Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service may include at least one of the following: BAT. BAT can be used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service. For specific implementation principles, you can also refer to the relevant introduction in 1202 above, which will not be described again.
PCF网元可以根据业务的相关信息确定PER,具体实现原理也可以参考上述1202中的相关介绍,不再赘述。以及,PCF网元还可以根据业务的相关信息确定执行条件,该执行条件可用于指示PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。可选地,执行条件可以用于指示如下一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包率负相关等。丢帧数可以理解为实际的丢帧数或者瞬时的丢帧数,丢包数可以理解为实际的丢包数或者瞬时的丢包数,丢包率可以理解为实际的丢包率或者瞬时的丢包率。执行条件可以包括:丢包或丢帧的范围,以及PER的取值范围,这2个范围之间具有对应关系。例如,执行条件={(PER#1,丢帧数/丢包数/丢包率#1),….(PER#i,丢帧数/丢包数/丢包率#i),….(PER#n,丢帧数/丢包数/丢包率#n)},n为大于1的整数,i为取1到n的整数。该执行条件用以指示随着实际的丢帧数、丢包数以及丢帧率中的一项或多项,在业务允许的范围内增加,该PER也可以从相对宽松的丢包率条件逐渐变为相对严格的丢包率条件,实现在丢帧或丢包增多的情况下,UE或RAN设备可以通过提高PER的限制来缓解丢帧或丢包,以保障业务的QoS质量(参见S1306和S1308)。The PCF network element can determine the PER based on the relevant information of the service. For specific implementation principles, you can also refer to the relevant introduction in 1202 above, which will not be described again. In addition, the PCF network element can also determine the execution conditions based on the relevant information of the service. The execution conditions can be used to indicate the specified value of PER in the case of packet loss or frame loss. Optionally, the execution condition can be used to indicate one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the packet loss rate wait. The number of lost frames can be understood as the actual number of lost frames or the instantaneous number of lost frames, the number of lost packets can be understood as the actual number of lost frames or the number of instantaneous lost packets, and the number of lost packets can be understood as the actual number of lost frames or the number of instantaneous lost frames. Packet loss rate. Execution conditions can include: the range of packet loss or frame loss, and the value range of PER. There is a corresponding relationship between these two ranges. For example, execution condition = {(PER#1, number of frames lost/number of packets lost/packet loss rate #1),….(PER#i, number of frames lost/number of packets lost/packet loss rate #i),…. (PER#n, number of frames lost/number of packets lost/packet loss rate #n)}, n is an integer greater than 1, and i is an integer ranging from 1 to n. This execution condition is used to indicate that as one or more of the actual number of frames lost, the number of packets lost, and the frame loss rate increases within the scope allowed by the business, the PER can also gradually change from a relatively loose packet loss rate condition. It becomes a relatively strict packet loss rate condition, so that when frame or packet loss increases, the UE or RAN device can alleviate the frame or packet loss by increasing the PER limit to ensure the QoS quality of the service (see S1306 and S1308).
例如,以10帧,每帧包括5个数据包为例,如果业务的丢帧率限制为10%,则PER的取值范围为2%至10%,业务允许的丢包数为1个至5个。这种情况下,执行条件={(PER=10%,丢包数=1),(PER=8%,丢包数=2),(PER=6%,丢包数=3),(PER=4%,丢包数=4),(PER=2%,丢包数=5)}。也即,PER被分为5个档,分别为PER为2%、PER为4%、PER为6%、PER为8%、以及PER为10%。PER为10%对应的丢包数为1个,PER为8%对应的丢包数为2个,PER为6%对应的丢包数为3个,PER为4%对应的丢包数为4个,PER为2%对应的丢包数为5个。 For example, taking 10 frames and each frame including 5 data packets, if the frame loss rate of the service is limited to 10%, the value range of PER is 2% to 10%, and the number of packet losses allowed by the service is 1 to 10%. 5. In this case, the execution condition = {(PER=10%, the number of packet losses=1), (PER=8%, the number of packet losses=2), (PER=6%, the number of packet losses=3), (PER =4%, the number of lost packets = 4), (PER = 2%, the number of lost packets = 5)}. That is, PER is divided into 5 levels, namely PER is 2%, PER is 4%, PER is 6%, PER is 8%, and PER is 10%. A PER of 10% corresponds to 1 packet loss, a PER of 8% corresponds to 2 packet losses, a PER of 6% corresponds to 3 packet losses, and a PER of 4% corresponds to 4 packet losses. , and a PER of 2% corresponds to 5 packet losses.
可选地,该执行条件还可用于指示在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值可以保持不变。也就是说,对于已经出现丢包的帧,这一帧已经丢失了。此时,如果这一帧继续丢包,也不会影响业务的丢帧率,因此可以保持PER的指定取值不变,以避免增加无效开销,提高设备的运行效率。Optionally, this execution condition can also be used to indicate that in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER can remain unchanged. In other words, for a frame that has already experienced packet loss, this frame has been lost. At this time, if this frame continues to lose packets, it will not affect the frame loss rate of the service. Therefore, the specified value of PER can be kept unchanged to avoid increasing invalid overhead and improve the operating efficiency of the device.
S1303,PCF网元向SMF网元发送PER以及执行条件。相应的,SMF网元接收来自PCF网元的PER以及执行条件。S1303. The PCF network element sends the PER and execution conditions to the SMF network element. Correspondingly, the SMF network element receives the PER and execution conditions from the PCF network element.
其中,PER和执行条件可以携带在PCC规则,如PCC规则的同一信元或不同的信元中,以实现复用已有信元,降低通信开销,提高通信效率。当然,PER和执行条件也可以携带在其他任何可能的信元中,对此不做具体限定。Among them, PER and execution conditions can be carried in PCC rules, such as the same cell or different cells of PCC rules, to reuse existing cells, reduce communication overhead, and improve communication efficiency. Of course, PER and execution conditions can also be carried in any other possible information element, and there is no specific limitation on this.
可选地,PCF网元还可以通过SMF网元向UE或RAN设备发指示信息#2。指示信息#2可以指示上述帧特征信息,如帧周期和BAT,用于UE或RAN设备确定同一帧内的数据包,例如确定第一个数据包到达之后多长时间内的到达数据包均为同一帧的数据包,实现UE或RAN能够以帧为粒度计算丢包。这样,如果UE或RAN设备确定同一帧内丢包,则根据上述执行条件,保持PER的指定取值不变。此外,指示信息#2还可以指示如下至少一项:数据包周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或者帧内数据包数量等信息,用以辅助UE或RAN设备确定同一帧内的数据包。指示信息#2与上述PER和该PER的执行条件可以承载在同一信元中,如PCC规则,或者承载在不同的信元中,对此不作具体限定。当然,UE或RAN设备也可以在本地默认配置该帧周期和BAT。PCF网元也可以不发送指示信息#2,以节约开销。Optionally, the PCF network element can also send indication information #2 to the UE or RAN device through the SMF network element. Instruction information #2 can indicate the above-mentioned frame characteristic information, such as frame period and BAT, and is used by the UE or RAN device to determine the data packets in the same frame, such as determining how long after the first data packet arrives, all arriving data packets are For data packets in the same frame, the UE or RAN can calculate packet loss at the frame granularity. In this way, if the UE or RAN device determines that packets are lost within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged according to the above execution conditions. In addition, the indication information #2 may also indicate at least one of the following: data packet period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or number of data packets within a frame, to assist the UE or RAN device in determining the number of data packets within the same frame. data pack. Instruction information #2, the above-mentioned PER and the execution conditions of the PER may be carried in the same cell, such as PCC rules, or may be carried in different cells, and there is no specific limitation on this. Of course, the UE or RAN device can also configure the frame period and BAT locally by default. The PCF network element may not send instruction information #2 to save overhead.
S1304,SMF网元将PCC规则映射至QoS流。S1304: The SMF network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
其中,SMF网元可以将PCC规则中的PER+执行条件作为映射参数,将该PCC规则映射至QoS流。例如,SMF网元可以确定PCC规则中的PER+执行条件与QoS流参数中的PER+执行条件是否相同。如果PCC规则中的PER+执行条件与QoS流参数中的PER+执行条件相同,则将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流,以实现复用已有QoS流,降低开销。当然,这种情况下,需要PCC规则中的其他映射参数也要相同,其他映射参数的具体实现原理可以参考上述“3、映射机制”中的相关介绍,不再赘述。或者,如果PCC规则中的PER+执行条件与QoS流参数中的PER+执行条件不同,则SMF网元可以创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流,避免PCC规则影响已有的QoS流。Among them, the SMF network element can use the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule as a mapping parameter to map the PCC rule to the QoS flow. For example, the SMF network element can determine whether the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule is the same as the PER+ execution condition in the QoS flow parameter. If the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule is the same as the PER+ execution condition in the QoS flow parameter, map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter to reuse the existing QoS flow and reduce overhead. Of course, in this case, other mapping parameters in the PCC rules need to be the same. For the specific implementation principles of other mapping parameters, please refer to the relevant introduction in "3. Mapping Mechanism" above, which will not be described again. Or, if the PER+ execution conditions in the PCC rules are different from the PER+ execution conditions in the QoS flow parameters, the SMF network element can create a QoS flow and map the PCC rules to the created QoS flow to prevent the PCC rules from affecting the existing QoS flows. .
需要注意的是,当PER有多个取值和/或有多个执行条件时,需要这这些PER和执行条件都相同,才可以映射至已有的QoS流。或者,SMF网元也可以将PCC规则(包含执行条件#1+PER的PCC规则)映射到单独的QoS流,如SMF网元创建一个独立的QoS流,将该PCC规则映射至该独立的QoS流。或者,SMF网元也可以沿用上述S1204中介绍的映射方式,将PCC规则映射至对应的QoS流,具体实现原理可以参考上述S1204的相关介绍,不再赘述。It should be noted that when PER has multiple values and/or multiple execution conditions, these PERs and execution conditions need to be the same before they can be mapped to existing QoS flows. Alternatively, the SMF network element can also map PCC rules (PCC rules containing execution condition #1+PER) to a separate QoS flow. For example, the SMF network element creates an independent QoS flow and maps the PCC rule to the independent QoS flow. flow. Alternatively, the SMF network element can also use the mapping method introduced in S1204 above to map the PCC rules to the corresponding QoS flows. For specific implementation principles, please refer to the relevant introduction in S1204 above, which will not be described again.
S1305,SMF网元向RAN设备发送执行条件,以及PER与QoS流的对应关系。相应的,RAN设备接收来自SMF网元的执行条件,以及PER与QoS流的对应关系。S1305. The SMF network element sends execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows to the RAN device. Correspondingly, the RAN device receives the execution conditions from the SMF network element and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows.
其中,SMF网元发送执行条件,以及PER与QoS流的对应关系的一种可能是:SMF网元向RAN设备发送QoS流标识信息、PER以及该执行条件,该QoS流标识信息与该PER默认对应。执行条件和该对应关系可以承载在已有的消息中,如任何可能的服务化接 口消息,以实现信令复用,提高通信效率。或者,执行条件和该对应关系也可以承载在新创建的消息中,对此不做具体限定。Among them, one possibility for the SMF network element to send execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows is: the SMF network element sends QoS flow identification information, PER and the execution conditions to the RAN device, and the QoS flow identification information is the same as the PER default correspond. Execution conditions and the corresponding relationship can be carried in existing messages, such as any possible service interface messages to achieve signaling reuse and improve communication efficiency. Alternatively, the execution condition and the corresponding relationship can also be carried in a newly created message, without any specific limitation.
可选地,参考上述S1202中的介绍可知,如果PER是相对宽松的丢包率条件,如PER为A%,则SMF网元还可以向RAN设备发送指示信息#1,用以指示RAN设备需要在同一帧内丢包,以满足业务的丢帧率限制。该指示信息#1与上述的执行条件以及对应关系可以承载在同一消息中,或者承载在不同的消息中,对此不作具体限定。或者,SMF网元也可以不向RAN设备发送指示信息#1,RAN设备默认需要在同一帧内丢包。Optionally, referring to the introduction in S1202 above, it can be seen that if PER is a relatively loose packet loss rate condition, such as PER is A%, the SMF network element can also send indication information #1 to the RAN device to indicate that the RAN device needs Packets are lost within the same frame to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service. The instruction information #1 and the above-mentioned execution conditions and corresponding relationships may be carried in the same message, or in different messages, and there is no specific limitation on this. Alternatively, the SMF network element may not send indication information #1 to the RAN device, and the RAN device needs to lose packets in the same frame by default.
可选地,如果SMF网元接收到来自PCF网元的指示信息#2,则SMF网元还可以向RAN设备转发该指示信息#2。该指示信息#2与上述的执行条件以及对应关系可以承载在同一消息中,或者承载在不同的消息中,对此不作具体限定。Optionally, if the SMF network element receives indication information #2 from the PCF network element, the SMF network element can also forward the indication information #2 to the RAN device. The instruction information #2 and the above-mentioned execution conditions and corresponding relationships may be carried in the same message, or may be carried in different messages, and there is no specific limitation on this.
S1306,RAN设备根据执行条件指示的PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。S1306: The RAN device processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER indicated by the execution condition.
RAN设备可以根据对应关系,确定该QoS流的PER。RAN设备可以根据执行条件,确定当前的PER,并根据该PER,确定该QoS流对应的链路配置(上行或下行的链路配置)。例如,RLC的配置和/或HARQ的配置,或者其他任何可能的配置。如此,RAN设备可以根据链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,确保业务的丢包率能够满足该PER的要求,从而保障业务的丢帧率。之后,RAN设备还可以根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,以确保该业务的丢帧率始终满足丢帧率限制。The RAN device can determine the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship. The RAN device can determine the current PER according to the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration (uplink or downlink link configuration) corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For example, RLC configuration and/or HARQ configuration, or any other possible configuration. In this way, the RAN device can send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service. After that, the RAN device can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to send the QoS flow based on the adjusted link resources. The QoS flow corresponds to the data packet of the service to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service always meets the frame loss rate limit.
例如,RAN设备可以根据执行条件,选择一个相对宽松的PER,并根据该相对宽松的PER,确定该QoS流对应的链路配置。此时,该链路配置也相对宽松,如链路配置指示的链路资源相对较少。RAN设备可以根据帧周期和BAT,确定对应QoS流的哪些数据包属于同一个帧;或者,RAN设备也可以根据数据包中的帧信息,确定对应QoS流的哪些数据包属于同一个帧。这样,RAN设备可以确定同一帧内的哪些数据包没有发送成功(即丢包/丢帧),以记录QoS流当前的丢包数、丢包率、以及丢帧数中的一项或多项。之后,随着RAN设备记录的丢包或丢帧逐渐增多,RAN设备可以根据执行条件,将相对宽松的PER逐渐调整相对严格的PER,也即逐渐减小PER的指定取值。如此,RAN设备可以根据PER减小后的指定取值,调定该QoS流对应的链路配置。此时,调整后的链路配置也相对严格,如链路配置指示的链路资源相对较多,以满足该相对严格的PER。或者,如果RAN设备确定同一帧内丢包,则RAN设备还可以根据执行条件,保持PER的指定取值不变。也即,RAN设备可以根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据。For example, the RAN device can select a relatively loose PER based on the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the relatively loose PER. At this time, the link configuration is also relatively loose, for example, the link resources indicated by the link configuration are relatively few. The RAN device can determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame period and BAT; or, the RAN device can also determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame information in the data packet. In this way, the RAN device can determine which data packets within the same frame were not sent successfully (ie, packet loss/frame loss) to record one or more of the current packet loss number, packet loss rate, and frame loss number of the QoS flow . Afterwards, as the packet loss or frame loss recorded by the RAN device gradually increases, the RAN device can gradually adjust the relatively loose PER to the relatively strict PER according to the execution conditions, that is, gradually reduce the specified value of PER. In this way, the RAN device can set the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the specified value after the PER is reduced. At this time, the adjusted link configuration is also relatively strict. For example, the link configuration indicates relatively more link resources to meet the relatively strict PER. Alternatively, if the RAN device determines that packets are lost within the same frame, the RAN device can also keep the specified value of PER unchanged according to the execution conditions. That is, the RAN device can process the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
S1307,SMF网元向UE发送执行条件,以及PER与QoS流的对应关系。相应的,UE接收来自SMF网元的执行条件,以及PER与QoS流的对应关系。S1307. The SMF network element sends execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE receives the execution conditions from the SMF network element and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow.
其中,执行条件以及PER与QoS流的对应关系可以承载在已有的消息中,如任何可能的服务化接口消息,以实现信令复用,提高通信效率。或者,执行条件以及PER与QoS流的对应关系也可以承载在新创建的消息中,对此不做具体限定。Among them, the execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows can be carried in existing messages, such as any possible service-oriented interface messages, to achieve signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency. Alternatively, the execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow can also be carried in the newly created message, and there is no specific limitation on this.
可选地,参考上述S1202中的介绍可知,如果PER是相对宽松的丢包率条件,如PER为A%,则SMF网元还可以向UE发送指示信息#1,用以指示UE发需要在同一帧内丢包, 以满足业务的丢帧率限制。该指示信息#1与上述的执行条件以及对应关系可以承载在同一消息中,或者承载在不同的消息中,对此不作具体限定。或者,SMF网元也可以不向UE发发送指示信息#1,UE默认需要在同一帧内丢包。Optionally, referring to the introduction in S1202 above, it can be seen that if the PER is a relatively loose packet loss rate condition, such as the PER is A%, the SMF network element can also send indication information #1 to the UE to instruct the UE to send the packet loss rate that needs to be Packet loss within the same frame, To meet the frame loss rate limit of the business. The instruction information #1 and the above-mentioned execution conditions and corresponding relationships may be carried in the same message, or in different messages, and there is no specific limitation on this. Alternatively, the SMF network element may not send indication information #1 to the UE, and the UE needs to lose packets in the same frame by default.
可选地,如果SMF网元接收到来自PCF网元的指示信息#2,则SMF网元还可以向UE转发该指示信息#2。该指示信息#2与上述的执行条件以及对应关系可以承载在同一消息中,或者承载在不同的消息中,对此不作具体限定。Optionally, if the SMF network element receives indication information #2 from the PCF network element, the SMF network element can also forward the indication information #2 to the UE. The instruction information #2 and the above-mentioned execution conditions and corresponding relationships may be carried in the same message, or may be carried in different messages, and there is no specific limitation on this.
S1308,UE根据执行条件指示的PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。S1308: The UE processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER indicated by the execution condition.
UE可以根据对应关系,确定该QoS流的PER。UE可以根据执行条件,确定当前的PER,并根据该PER,确定该QoS流对应的链路配置(上行的链路配置)。例如,RLC的配置和/或HARQ的配置,或者其他任何可能的配置。如此,UE可以根据链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,确保业务的丢包率能够满足该PER的要求,从而保障业务的丢帧率。之后,UE还可以根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,以确保该业务的丢帧率始终满足丢帧率限制。The UE can determine the PER of the QoS flow according to the corresponding relationship. The UE can determine the current PER according to the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration (uplink link configuration) corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For example, RLC configuration and/or HARQ configuration, or any other possible configuration. In this way, the UE can send data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service. After that, the UE can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to send the QoS according to the adjusted link resources. Stream the data packets of the corresponding service to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service always meets the frame loss rate limit.
例如,UE可以根据执行条件,选择一个相对宽松的PER,并根据该相对宽松的PER,确定该QoS流对应的链路配置。此时,该链路配置也相对宽松,如链路配置指示的链路资源相对较少。UE可以根据帧周期和BAT,确定对应QoS流的哪些数据包属于同一个帧;或者,UE也可以根据数据包中的帧信息,确定对应QoS流的哪些数据包属于同一个帧。这样,UE可以确定同一帧内的哪些数据包没有发送成功(即丢包/丢帧),以记录QoS流当前的丢包数、丢包率、以及丢帧数中的一项或多项。之后,随着UE记录的丢包或丢帧逐渐增多,UE可以根据执行条件,将相对宽松的PER逐渐调整相对严格的PER,也即逐渐减小PER的指定取值。如此,UE可以根据PER减小后的指定取值,调定该QoS流对应的链路配置。此时,调整后的链路配置也相对严格,如链路配置指示的链路资源相对较多,以满足该相对严格的PER。或者,如果UE确定同一帧内丢包,则UE还可以根据执行条件,保持PER的指定取值不变。也即,UE可以根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据。For example, the UE can select a relatively loose PER based on the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the relatively loose PER. At this time, the link configuration is also relatively loose, for example, the link resources indicated by the link configuration are relatively few. The UE can determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame period and BAT; or, the UE can also determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame information in the data packet. In this way, the UE can determine which data packets within the same frame were not sent successfully (i.e., packet loss/frame loss) to record one or more of the current packet loss number, packet loss rate, and frame loss number of the QoS flow. Afterwards, as the packet loss or frame loss recorded by the UE gradually increases, the UE can gradually adjust the relatively loose PER to the relatively strict PER according to the execution conditions, that is, gradually reduce the specified value of PER. In this way, the UE can set the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow according to the specified value after the PER is reduced. At this time, the adjusted link configuration is also relatively strict. For example, the link configuration indicates relatively more link resources to meet the relatively strict PER. Alternatively, if the UE determines that packets are lost within the same frame, the UE can also keep the specified value of PER unchanged according to the execution conditions. That is, the UE can process the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
此外,需要指出的是,S1305-S1306与S1307-S1308之间的执行顺序不限定。S1305-S1306与S1307-S1308为可选步骤,例如SMF网元可以只向RAN发送执行条件以及PER与QoS流的对应关系,或者SMF网元可以只向UE发送执行条件以及PER与QoS流的对应关系。此外,SMF网元向RAN发送的执行条件与SMF网元向UE发送的执行条件可以相同,或者也可以不同,例如,上行的PER取值范围与下行的PER取值范围可以不同。此时,不同的PER取值范围可以对应不同的PER,也即SMF网元向RAN发送的PER与SMF网元向UE发送的PER也可以不同。In addition, it should be pointed out that the execution order between S1305-S1306 and S1307-S1308 is not limited. S1305-S1306 and S1307-S1308 are optional steps. For example, the SMF network element can only send the execution conditions and the correspondence between PER and QoS flows to the RAN, or the SMF network element can only send the execution conditions and the correspondence between PER and QoS flows to the UE. relation. In addition, the execution conditions sent by the SMF network element to the RAN and the execution conditions sent by the SMF network element to the UE may be the same, or they may be different. For example, the uplink PER value range may be different from the downlink PER value range. At this time, different PER value ranges may correspond to different PERs, that is, the PER sent by the SMF network element to the RAN and the PER sent by the SMF network element to the UE may also be different.
场景3:Scene 3:
示例性的,图14为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图三。在场景3中PCF网元可以向SMF网元发送业务对应的PER以及执行条件。SMF网元以QoS流为粒度,为UE或RAN设备配置PER和执行条件。如此,UE或RAN设备可以根据该执行条件,在不同的时间,选择QoS流对应的不同PER,以确保PER能够满足业务在不同时间下的需求,从而保障业务的丢帧率。 Exemplarily, FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart 3 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. In scenario 3, the PCF network element can send the PER and execution conditions corresponding to the service to the SMF network element. SMF network elements use QoS flows as granularity to configure PER and execution conditions for UE or RAN equipment. In this way, the UE or RAN device can select different PERs corresponding to the QoS flows at different times based on the execution conditions to ensure that the PER can meet the needs of the service at different times, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
具体的,如图14所示,该通信方法的流程如下:Specifically, as shown in Figure 14, the flow of this communication method is as follows:
S1401,建立数据连接会话。S1401, establish a data connection session.
其中,S1401的具体实现原理可以参考上述S1201的相关介绍,不再赘述。Among them, the specific implementation principle of S1401 can refer to the relevant introduction of S1201 above, and will not be described again.
S1402,AF向PCF网元发送业务的相关信息/业务对应的PER。相应的,PCF网元接收来自AF的业务的相关信息/业务对应的PER。S1402. The AF sends the relevant information of the service/PER corresponding to the service to the PCF network element. Correspondingly, the PCF network element receives the relevant information of the service from the AF/the PER corresponding to the service.
业务的相关信息可以与该业务的需求有关,包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。业务的丢帧率限制信息的具体实现原理可以参考上述S1202中的相关介绍,不再赘述。业务的帧特征信息可以包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期,具体实现原理可以参考上述S1202中的相关介绍,不再赘述。可选地,业务的帧特征信息可以包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。The relevant information of the service may be related to the requirements of the service, including at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information, or frame characteristic information. For the specific implementation principle of the frame loss rate limit information of the service, please refer to the relevant introduction in S1202 above, and will not be described again. The frame characteristic information of the service may include at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period. For specific implementation principles, please refer to the relevant introduction in S1202 above, which will not be described again. Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service may include at least one of the following: BAT, or time information.
BAT可以用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,具体实现原理也可以参考上述1202中的相关介绍,不再赘述。BAT can be used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service. For specific implementation principles, you can also refer to the relevant introduction in 1202 above, which will not be described again.
时间信息可以用于指示业务的帧的时间(记为帧时间),如某个下行的帧到达RAN设备的时间,或者某个上行的帧从UE发出的时间。其中,帧时间可以通过绝对时间表征。例如,业务的总时长为2小时,被指示的帧具体是这2小时中哪个时间对应的帧。或者,帧时间也可以通过相对时间表征。例如,被指示的帧为业务的某个参考时间之前或之后多长时间对应的帧。或者,帧时间也可以通过帧的序号隐含表示。例如,业务包括N帧,被指示的帧为第i帧,N为正整数,i取1至N。或者,帧时间还可以通过帧的序号偏移(offset)隐含表征。例如,业务包括N帧,被指示的帧与第i帧之间间隔j帧,N为正整数,i取1至N,j取1至N,i+j≤N。当然,时间信息用于指示业务的关键帧和非关键帧的时间仅为一种示例,时间信息也可以用于指示业务的其他类型帧的时间,对此不做具体限定。The time information can be used to indicate the time of the service frame (recorded as frame time), such as the time when a certain downlink frame arrives at the RAN device, or the time when a certain uplink frame is sent from the UE. Among them, the frame time can be characterized by absolute time. For example, the total duration of the service is 2 hours, and the indicated frame corresponds to which time within the 2 hours. Alternatively, frame time can also be characterized by relative time. For example, the indicated frame is a frame corresponding to how long before or after a certain reference time of the service. Alternatively, the frame time can be implicitly represented by the frame number. For example, the service includes N frames, the indicated frame is the i-th frame, N is a positive integer, and i ranges from 1 to N. Alternatively, the frame time can also be implicitly represented by the sequence number offset of the frame. For example, the service includes N frames, and there are j frames between the indicated frame and the i-th frame. N is a positive integer, i ranges from 1 to N, j ranges from 1 to N, and i+j≤N. Of course, the time information used to indicate the time of key frames and non-key frames of the service is only an example. The time information can also be used to indicate the time of other types of frames of the service, and there is no specific limitation on this.
PCF网元可以根据业务的相关信息确定PER,具体实现原理也可以参考上述1202中的相关介绍,不再赘述。PCF网元还可以根据业务的相关信息,确定执行条件。例如,执行条件={(PER#1,时间窗#1),….(PER#i,时间窗#i),….(PER#n,时间窗#n)},n为大于1的整数,i为取1到n的整数。如此,该执行条件可以用以指示在业务的指定时间(时间窗)内,PER为指定取值。The PCF network element can determine the PER based on the relevant information of the service. For specific implementation principles, you can also refer to the relevant introduction in 1202 above, which will not be described again. PCF network elements can also determine execution conditions based on service-related information. For example, execution condition = {(PER#1, time window #1),….(PER#i, time window #i),….(PER#n, time window #n)}, n is an integer greater than 1 , i is an integer ranging from 1 to n. In this way, the execution condition can be used to indicate that the PER is a specified value within a specified time (time window) of the service.
以业务的关键帧和非关键帧为例,关键帧可以指包含有相对重要的业务数据的帧,如镜头切换的画面对应的帧。非关键帧可以指包含有相对次要的业务数据的帧,如镜头静止的画面对应的帧。PCF网元可根据时间信息,确定包含关键帧的指定时间,并确定在该指定时间内,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C,以尽量避免出现关键帧丢帧。PCF网元还可根据时间信息,确定包含非关键帧的指定时间,并确定在该指定时间内,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%,如PER为A%,或者采用上述S1302中方式,分档设置PER的指定取值,以实现在满足业务需求的情况下尽量降低设备开销。也即,执行条件={(PER=A/B%,包含关键帧的指定时间),(A/B%<PER≤A%,包含非关键帧的指定时间)}。此外,上述是以关键帧和非关键帧为例,PCF网元也可以确定在指定时间内的其他类型帧对应的PER,对此不做具体限定。Taking business key frames and non-key frames as an example, key frames can refer to frames that contain relatively important business data, such as frames corresponding to scenes where shots are switched. Non-key frames may refer to frames that contain relatively minor business data, such as frames corresponding to still shots. The PCF network element can determine the designated time containing the key frame based on the time information, and determine that within the designated time, the designated value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C, so as to avoid key frame loss as much as possible. The PCF network element can also determine the designated time containing non-key frames based on the time information, and determine that within the designated time, the designated value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%, for example, PER is A% , or use the method in S1302 above to set the specified value of PER in stages to minimize equipment overhead while meeting business needs. That is, the execution condition = {(PER=A/B%, including the specified time of key frames), (A/B%<PER≤A%, including the specified time of non-key frames)}. In addition, the above is based on key frames and non-key frames as examples. The PCF network element can also determine the PER corresponding to other types of frames within a specified time, and there is no specific limitation on this.
需要指出的是,业务的各个指定时间加起来应当覆盖整个业务的时长,以确保该业务在任何时间下都有与之对应的PER。It should be pointed out that the sum of the specified times of the business should cover the duration of the entire business to ensure that the business has a corresponding PER at any time.
可选地,该执行条件还可用于指示在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不 变。也就是说,对于已经出现丢包的帧,这一帧已经丢失了。此时,如果这一帧继续丢包,也不会影响业务的丢帧率,因此可以保持PER的指定取值不变,以避免无效开销,提高设备运行效率。Optionally, this execution condition can also be used to indicate that in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged. Change. In other words, for a frame that has already experienced packet loss, this frame has been lost. At this time, if this frame continues to lose packets, it will not affect the frame loss rate of the service. Therefore, the specified value of PER can be kept unchanged to avoid invalid overhead and improve equipment operating efficiency.
S1403,PCF网元向SMF网元发送PER以及执行条件。相应的,SMF网元接收来自PCF网元的PER以及执行条件。S1403. The PCF network element sends the PER and execution conditions to the SMF network element. Correspondingly, the SMF network element receives the PER and execution conditions from the PCF network element.
其中,S1403的具体实现原理可以参考上述S1303的相关介绍,不再赘述。Among them, the specific implementation principle of S1403 can be referred to the relevant introduction of S1303 above, and will not be described again.
S1404,SMF网元将PCC规则映射至QoS流。S1404: The SMF network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
其中,SMF网元可以将PCC规则中的PER+执行条件作为映射参数,将该PCC规则映射至QoS流。例如,SMF网元可以确定PCC规则中的PER+执行条件与QoS流参数中的PER+执行条件是否相同。如果PCC规则中的PER+执行条件与QoS流参数中的PER+执行条件相同,则将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流,以实现复用已有QoS流,降低开销。当然,这种情况下,需要PCC规则中的其他映射参数也要相同,其他映射参数的具体实现原理可以参考上述“3、映射机制”中的相关介绍,不再赘述。或者,如果PCC规则中的PER+执行条件与QoS流参数中的PER+执行条件不同,则SMF网元可以创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流,避免PCC规则影响已有的QoS流。Among them, the SMF network element can use the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule as a mapping parameter to map the PCC rule to the QoS flow. For example, the SMF network element can determine whether the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule is the same as the PER+ execution condition in the QoS flow parameter. If the PER+ execution condition in the PCC rule is the same as the PER+ execution condition in the QoS flow parameter, map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter to reuse the existing QoS flow and reduce overhead. Of course, in this case, other mapping parameters in the PCC rules need to be the same. For the specific implementation principles of other mapping parameters, please refer to the relevant introduction in "3. Mapping Mechanism" above, which will not be described again. Or, if the PER+ execution conditions in the PCC rules are different from the PER+ execution conditions in the QoS flow parameters, the SMF network element can create a QoS flow and map the PCC rules to the created QoS flow to prevent the PCC rules from affecting the existing QoS flows. .
需要注意的是,当PER有多个取值和/或有多个执行条件时,需要这这些PER和执行条件都相同才能映射到已有的QoS流。或者,SMF网元也可以将PCC规则(包含执行条件+PER的PCC规则)映射到单独的QoS流,如SMF网元创建一个独立的QoS流,将该PCC规则映射至该独立的QoS流。或者,SMF网元也可以沿用上述S1204中介绍的映射方式,将PCC规则映射至对应的QoS流,具体实现原理可以参考上述S1204的相关介绍,不再赘述。It should be noted that when PER has multiple values and/or multiple execution conditions, these PERs and execution conditions need to be the same in order to be mapped to the existing QoS flow. Alternatively, the SMF network element can also map PCC rules (PCC rules including execution conditions + PER) to a separate QoS flow. For example, the SMF network element creates an independent QoS flow and maps the PCC rule to the independent QoS flow. Alternatively, the SMF network element can also use the mapping method introduced in S1204 above to map the PCC rules to the corresponding QoS flows. For specific implementation principles, please refer to the relevant introduction in S1204 above, which will not be described again.
S1405,SMF网元向RAN设备发送执行条件,以及PER与QoS流的对应关系。相应的,RAN设备接收来自SMF网元的执行条件,以及PER与QoS流的对应关系。S1405: The SMF network element sends execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows to the RAN device. Correspondingly, the RAN device receives the execution conditions from the SMF network element and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows.
其中,S1405的具体实现原理可以参考上述S1305的相关介绍,不再赘述。Among them, the specific implementation principle of S1405 can be referred to the relevant introduction of S1305 above, and will not be described again.
S1406,RAN设备根据执行条件指示的PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。S1406: The RAN device processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER indicated by the execution condition.
RAN设备可以根据对应关系,确定该QoS流的PER。RAN设备可以根据执行条件,确定当前的PER,并根据该PER,确定该QoS流对应的链路配置(上行或下行的链路配置)。例如,RLC的配置和/或HARQ的配置,或者其他任何可能的配置。如此,RAN设备可以根据链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,确保业务的丢包率能够满足该PER的要求,从而保障业务的丢帧率。之后,RAN设备还可以根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,以确保该业务的丢帧率始终满足丢帧率限制。The RAN device can determine the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship. The RAN device can determine the current PER according to the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration (uplink or downlink link configuration) corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For example, RLC configuration and/or HARQ configuration, or any other possible configuration. In this way, the RAN device can send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service. After that, the RAN device can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to send the QoS flow based on the adjusted link resources. The QoS flow corresponds to the data packet of the service to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service always meets the frame loss rate limit.
例如,RAN设备根据执行条件,确定在业务刚开始的指定时间,采用哪一种指定取值的PER,并根据该PER,确定该QoS流对应的链路配置。之后,业务进入到下一个指定时间,RAN设备根据执行条件,确定在下一个指定时间,采用哪一种指定取值的PER,并根据该PER,调整该QoS流对应的链路配置。然后以此类推,直至业务结束。For example, the RAN device determines, based on the execution conditions, which PER with a specified value to use at the specified time when the service first starts, and determines the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. After that, the service enters the next designated time, and the RAN device determines which PER with a designated value to use at the next designated time based on the execution conditions, and adjusts the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. And so on until the end of the business.
又例如,RAN设备还可以根据帧周期和BAT,确定对应QoS流的哪些数据包属于同一个帧;或者,RAN设备也可以根据数据包中的帧信息,确定对应QoS流的哪些数据包 属于同一个帧。这样,RAN设备可以确定同一帧内的哪些数据包没有发送成功(即丢包/丢帧)。此时,如果RAN设备确定同一帧内丢包,则RAN设备还可以根据执行条件,保持PER的指定取值不变。也即,RAN设备可以根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据。For another example, the RAN device can also determine which data packets corresponding to the QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame period and BAT; or, the RAN device can also determine which data packets corresponding to the QoS flow based on the frame information in the data packet. belong to the same frame. In this way, the RAN device can determine which data packets within the same frame were not sent successfully (i.e. packet/frame loss). At this time, if the RAN device determines that packets are lost within the same frame, the RAN device can also keep the specified value of PER unchanged according to the execution conditions. That is, the RAN device can process the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
S1407,SMF网元向UE发送执行条件,以及PER与QoS流的对应关系。相应的UE接收来自SMF网元的执行条件,以及PER与QoS流的对应关系。S1407. The SMF network element sends execution conditions and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flows to the UE. The corresponding UE receives the execution conditions from the SMF network element and the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow.
其中,S1407的具体实现原理可以参考上述S1307的相关介绍,不再赘述。Among them, the specific implementation principle of S1407 can be referred to the relevant introduction of S1307 above, and will not be described again.
S1408,UE根据执行条件指示的PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。S1408: The UE processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER indicated by the execution condition.
UE可以根据对应关系,确定该QoS流的PER。UE可以根据执行条件,确定当前的PER,并根据该PER,确定该QoS流对应的链路配置(上行的链路配置)。例如,RLC的配置和/或HARQ的配置,或者其他任何可能的配置。如此,UE可以根据链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,确保业务的丢包率能够满足该PER的要求,从而保障业务的丢帧率。之后,UE还可以根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,以确保该业务的丢帧率始终满足丢帧率限制。The UE can determine the PER of the QoS flow according to the corresponding relationship. The UE can determine the current PER according to the execution conditions, and determine the link configuration (uplink link configuration) corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For example, RLC configuration and/or HARQ configuration, or any other possible configuration. In this way, the UE can send data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the packet loss rate of the service can meet the requirements of the PER, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service. After that, the UE can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to send the QoS according to the adjusted link resources. Stream the data packets of the corresponding service to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service always meets the frame loss rate limit.
例如,UE根据执行条件,确定在业务刚开始的指定时间,采用哪一种指定取值的PER,并根据该PER,确定该QoS流对应的链路配置。之后,业务进入到下一个指定时间,UE根据执行条件,确定在下一个指定时间,采用哪一种指定取值的PER,并根据该PER,调整该QoS流对应的链路配置。然后以此类推,直至业务结束。For example, based on the execution conditions, the UE determines which PER with a specified value is used at the specified time when the service first starts, and determines the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. After that, the service enters the next designated time, and the UE determines which PER with designated value to use at the next designated time based on the execution conditions, and adjusts the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. And so on until the end of the business.
又例如,UE还可以根据帧周期和BAT,确定对应QoS流的哪些数据包属于同一个帧;或者,UE也可以根据数据包中的帧信息,确定对应QoS流的哪些数据包属于同一个帧。这样,UE可以确定同一帧内的哪些数据包没有发送成功(即丢包/丢帧)。此时,如果UE确定同一帧内丢包,则UE还可以根据执行条件,保持PER的指定取值不变。也即,UE可以根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据。For another example, the UE can also determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame period and BAT; or, the UE can also determine which data packets of the corresponding QoS flow belong to the same frame based on the frame information in the data packet. . In this way, the UE can determine which data packets within the same frame were not sent successfully (ie, packet/frame loss). At this time, if the UE determines that packets are lost within the same frame, the UE can also keep the specified value of PER unchanged according to the execution conditions. That is, the UE can process the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
需要指出的是,S1405-S1406与S1407-S1408之间的执行顺序不限定。S1405-S1406与S1407-S1408为可选步骤,例如SMF网元可以只向RAN发送执行条件以及PER与QoS流的对应关系,或者SMF网元可以只向UE发送执行条件以及PER与QoS流的对应关系。此外,SMF网元向RAN发送的执行条件与SMF网元向UE发送的执行条件可以相同,或者也可以不同,例如,上行的指定时间与下行的指定时间可以不同,而不同的指定时间可以对应不同的PER,也即SMF网元向RAN发送的PER与SMF网元向UE发送的PER也可以不同。It should be pointed out that the execution order between S1405-S1406 and S1407-S1408 is not limited. S1405-S1406 and S1407-S1408 are optional steps. For example, the SMF network element can only send the execution conditions and the correspondence between PER and QoS flows to the RAN, or the SMF network element can only send the execution conditions and the correspondence between PER and QoS flows to the UE. relation. In addition, the execution conditions sent by the SMF network element to the RAN and the execution conditions sent by the SMF network element to the UE may be the same, or they may be different. For example, the designated time for uplink and the designated time for downlink may be different, and different designated times may correspond to Different PERs, that is, the PER sent by the SMF network element to the RAN and the PER sent by the SMF network element to the UE can also be different.
此外,上述各个方案可以组合,例如,场景2中的方案与场景3中的方案可以组合实施,例如,SMF网元向RAN设备或UE发送执行条件,该执行条件不仅包含PER的取值范围,还包含业务的指定时间,对此不再赘述。In addition, the above solutions can be combined. For example, the solution in scenario 2 and the solution in scenario 3 can be combined and implemented. For example, the SMF network element sends execution conditions to the RAN device or UE. The execution conditions not only include the value range of PER, It also includes the designated time of the business, which will not be described again.
以上结合图12-图14详细说明了本申请实施例提供的通信方法在场景1-场景3下的具体流程。以下结合图15介绍该通信方法在场景1-场景3下的整体流程。The specific process of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 is described in detail above with reference to Figures 12 to 14. The following describes the overall process of this communication method in Scenario 1-Scenario 3 with reference to Figure 15.
示例性的,图15为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图四。该通信方法适用于上述通信系统中终端、接入网设备、会话管理网元、以及策略控制网元之间的通信。如图15所示,该通信方法的流程如下: Exemplarily, FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart 4 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The communication method is suitable for communication between terminals, access network equipment, session management network elements, and policy control network elements in the above communication system. As shown in Figure 15, the flow of this communication method is as follows:
S1501,策略控制网元获得与业务对应的PER。S1501. The policy control network element obtains the PER corresponding to the service.
其中,PER用于终端或接入网设备根据PER处理业务的数据包。该PER为指定取值。也就是说,策略控制网元可以指示终端或接入网设备使用哪个取值的PER,无需终端或接入网设备确定或者调整PER,以降低设备开销,提高运行效率。例如,指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,业务的丢帧率限制为A%。其中,业务的帧内(如一个帧内)的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。可以看出,PER为A%是相对宽松的丢包率条件,而PER为A/B%是相对严格的丢包率条件,两者一个构成一个范围,如[A/B%,A%],使得PCF网元可以在该范围内选择适合的PER,以兼顾设备开销和业务需求。Among them, PER is used for terminals or access network equipment to process service data packets based on PER. The PER is a specified value. In other words, the policy control network element can instruct the terminal or access network equipment which value of PER to use, without the terminal or access network equipment needing to determine or adjust the PER, so as to reduce equipment overhead and improve operating efficiency. For example, if the specified value satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%. Among them, the number of data packets in the service frame (such as one frame) is B, the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer. It can be seen that a PER of A% is a relatively loose packet loss rate condition, while a PER of A/B% is a relatively strict packet loss rate condition. Each of the two constitutes a range, such as [A/B%, A%] , so that the PCF network element can select a suitable PER within this range to take into account equipment overhead and business requirements.
一种可能的设计方案中,策略控制网元可以接收来自应用功能的PER,以降低策略控制网元的开销,提高运行效率。其中,该PER是根据业务的丢帧率限制确定的。该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足丢帧率限制。其中,根据丢帧率限制确定PER可以是将丢帧率限制确定为PER。例如,丢帧率限制为A%,PER也为A%,用以在特定情况下(如同一帧内丢包)满足业务的丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, the policy control network element can receive PER from the application function to reduce the overhead of the policy control network element and improve operating efficiency. Among them, the PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. This PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit when the terminal or access network equipment processes the data packets of the service. Wherein, determining the PER according to the frame loss rate limit may be determining the frame loss rate limit as the PER. For example, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, and the PER is also A%, which is used to meet the frame loss rate limit of the service under specific circumstances (such as packet loss within the same frame).
可选地,PER还可以是进一步根据业务的帧内数据包数量确定的。例如,策略控制网元确定业务的丢帧率限制和业务的帧内的数据包数量的之间的商值,并将商值确定为PER,用以在任意情况下(如任意帧内丢包)满足业务的丢帧率限制。Optionally, the PER may be further determined based on the number of intra-frame data packets of the service. For example, the policy control network element determines the quotient between the frame loss rate limit of the service and the number of data packets in the frame of the service, and determines the quotient value as PER, which is used to detect packet loss in any frame under any circumstances (such as packet loss in any frame). ) meets the frame loss rate limit of the service.
或者,另一种可能的设计方案中,策略控制网元可以接收来自应用功能的业务的丢帧率限制信息,并根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。也即,应用功能可以只提供业务信息,由策略控制网元自行确定PER,以降低应用功能的开销,提高运行效率。Or, in another possible design solution, the policy control network element can receive the frame loss rate limit information of the service from the application function, and determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. That is to say, the application function can only provide service information, and the policy control network element determines the PER on its own, so as to reduce the overhead of the application function and improve operating efficiency.
可选地,策略控制网元还可以接收来自应用功能的业务的帧特征信息,并根据帧特征信息,确定业务的帧内的数据包数量。相应的,策略控制网元根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER,包括:策略控制网元根据丢帧率限制信息和业务的帧内的数据包数量,确定PER。Optionally, the policy control network element can also receive frame characteristic information from the service of the application function, and determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service based on the frame characteristic information. Correspondingly, the policy control network element determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information, including: the policy control network element determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information and the number of data packets in the service frame.
可选地,帧特征信息可以包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。其中,帧周期和数据包周期可用于确定该业务的帧内的数据包数量(记为帧内数据包数量)。例如,帧内数据包数量=帧周期/数据包周期;或者,最大数据包数量也可用于确定帧内数据包数量,如帧内数据包数量=最大数据包数量;或者,最大数据突发量也可用于确定帧内数据包数量,如帧内数据包数量=最大数据突发量/MTU。如此,策略控制网元可以选择自身能够识别的参数来确定帧内数据包数量,避免因为策略控制网元不支持上述某些参数,而导致其无法确定帧内数据包数量,以保证方案的可靠性。并且,在这种情况下,根据帧内数据包数量确定PER,还可以确保业务的丢帧率在任意情况下都满足丢帧率限制。Optionally, the frame characteristic information may include at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period. Among them, the frame period and data packet period can be used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service (recorded as the number of data packets in the frame). For example, the number of data packets in a frame = frame period/packet period; or, the maximum number of data packets can also be used to determine the number of data packets in a frame, such as the number of data packets in a frame = the maximum number of data packets; or, the maximum number of data bursts It can also be used to determine the number of data packets in a frame, such as the number of data packets in a frame = maximum data burst/MTU. In this way, the policy control network element can select parameters that it can recognize to determine the number of data packets in the frame, to avoid being unable to determine the number of data packets in the frame because the policy control network element does not support some of the above parameters, so as to ensure the reliability of the solution. sex. Moreover, in this case, determining the PER based on the number of data packets in the frame can also ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit under any circumstances.
以及,帧特征信息还可以包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。其中,BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间。如此,终端或接入网设备能够根据帧特征信息,确定属于同一帧的数据包,实现以帧为粒度,更准确地计算业务的丢包率。例如,终端或接入网设备确定第一个数据包到达之后多长时间内的到达数据包均为同一帧内的数据包。此外,时间信息可以用于指示业务的帧的时间(记为帧时间)。如此,终端或接入网设备还可以根据时间信息,在不同的时间采用不同的PER,以兼顾设备开销和业务需求。例如,对业务在某些时间内的非关键帧,可以采用根据丢帧率限制信息确定的PER,以节约开销;对 业务在某些时间内的关键帧,可以采用进一步根据帧内数据包数量确定的PER,以尽量避免关键帧丢帧,保障业务需求。And, the frame characteristic information may also include at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. Among them, BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service. In this way, the terminal or access network equipment can determine the data packets belonging to the same frame based on the frame characteristic information, thereby achieving a more accurate calculation of the packet loss rate of the service at the frame granularity. For example, the terminal or access network device determines how long after the first data packet arrives, all arriving data packets are data packets in the same frame. In addition, the time information may be used to indicate the time of the frame of the service (denoted as frame time). In this way, the terminal or access network equipment can also use different PERs at different times based on time information to take into account equipment overhead and business requirements. For example, for non-key frames of the service within certain periods of time, the PER determined based on the frame loss rate limit information can be used to save overhead; for For the key frames of the business within certain periods of time, PER can be further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame to avoid key frame frame loss and ensure business needs.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER可以携带在策略与计费控制PCC规则中,以实现信元复用,提高通信效率。In one possible design solution, PER can be carried in the policy and charging control PCC rules to achieve cell reuse and improve communication efficiency.
此外,S1501的具体实现原理也可以参考上述S1202、S1302、以及S1402中的相关介绍,不再赘述。In addition, for the specific implementation principle of S1501, you can also refer to the relevant introductions in S1202, S1302, and S1402 above, which will not be described again.
S1502,策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送PER。相应的,会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的PER。S1502. The policy control network element sends the PER to the session management network element. Correspondingly, the session management network element receives the PER from the policy control network element.
其中,PER可以携带在PCC规则中。也即,策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送PCC规则,相应的,会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,PCC规则携带有PER。Among them, PER can be carried in PCC rules. That is, the policy control network element sends the PCC rule to the session management network element, and accordingly, the session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries the PER.
可选地,策略控制网元还可以向会话管理网元发送PER的执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以由策略控制网元确定。该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值,以便终端或接入网设备能够在对应的情况下选择适合的执行条件,以兼顾设备开销和业务需求。Optionally, the policy control network element can also send the execution conditions of the PER to the session management network element. The execution condition may be determined by the policy control network element. This execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, PER will take a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the case of packet loss or frame loss, so that the terminal or access network device can Select appropriate execution conditions under corresponding circumstances to take into account equipment overhead and business needs.
例如,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C,以尽量避免出现关键帧丢帧;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%,以实现在满足业务需求的情况下尽量降低设备开销。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。也就是说,随着丢帧数和/或丢包数在业务允许的范围内增加,PER从相对宽松的丢包率条件逐渐变为相对严格的丢包率条件,实现在丢帧或丢包增多的情况下,通过提高PER的限制来缓解丢帧或丢包,以保障业务的QoS质量。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。例如,在终端或接入网设备以帧为粒度计算丢包的情况下,如果终端或接入网设备确定同一帧内丢包下,则可以根据执行条件#3,保持PER的指定取值不变。也就是说,对于已经出现丢包的帧,这一帧已经丢失了。此时,如果这一帧继续丢包,也不会影响业务的丢帧率,因此可以保持PER的指定取值不变,以避免增加设备的无效开销,提高运行效率。For example, the execution conditions of PER include at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C, so as to avoid key frame loss as much as possible; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, The specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%, so as to minimize equipment overhead while meeting business requirements. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. That is to say, as the number of frame loss and/or packet loss increases within the allowable range of the business, the PER gradually changes from a relatively loose packet loss rate condition to a relatively strict packet loss rate condition, achieving better performance in frame loss or packet loss. In the case of increased traffic, increase the PER limit to alleviate frame or packet loss to ensure the QoS quality of the business. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged. For example, when the terminal or access network device calculates packet loss at frame granularity, if the terminal or access network device determines that packet loss occurs within the same frame, the specified value of PER can be kept unchanged according to execution condition #3. Change. In other words, for a frame that has already experienced packet loss, this frame has been lost. At this time, if this frame continues to lose packets, it will not affect the frame loss rate of the service. Therefore, the specified value of PER can be kept unchanged to avoid increasing the invalid overhead of the device and improve operating efficiency.
可选地,PER的执行条件也可以携带在PCC规则中。也即,策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送PCC规则,相应的,会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,PCC规则携带有PER的执行条件。Optionally, the execution conditions of PER can also be carried in PCC rules. That is, the policy control network element sends the PCC rule to the session management network element, and accordingly, the session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries the execution condition of the PER.
此外,S1502的具体实现原理也可以参考上述S1203、S1303、以及S1403中的相关介绍,不再赘述。In addition, the specific implementation principle of S1502 can also refer to the relevant introductions in S1203, S1303, and S1403 above, and will not be described again.
S1503,会话管理网元向终端和/或接入网设备发送PER与QoS流的对应关系。相应的,终端和/接入网设备接收来自会话管理网元的PER与QoS流的对应关系。S1503. The session management network element sends the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow to the terminal and/or access network device. Correspondingly, the terminal and/or the access network device receive the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow from the session management network element.
其中,会话管理网元可以将PCC规则映射至QoS流,以实现以QoS流为粒度保障业务的QoS质量。例如,会话管理网元可以确定PCC规则中的PER与已有的QoS流参数中的PER相同,将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流,以实现复用已有QoS流,降低开销。或者,会话管理网元可以确定PER与已有的QoS流参数中的PER不同,创建 QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流,避免PCC规则影响已有的QoS流。之后,会话管理网元可以向终端和/或接入网设备发送该PER与QoS流的对应关系(即映射关系)。Among them, the session management network element can map PCC rules to QoS flows to ensure the QoS quality of services at the granularity of QoS flows. For example, the session management network element can determine that the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters, and map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter to reuse the existing QoS flow and reduce overhead. . Alternatively, the session management network element may determine that the PER is different from the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters and create QoS flow, map PCC rules to the created QoS flow to prevent PCC rules from affecting existing QoS flows. Afterwards, the session management network element can send the corresponding relationship (ie, mapping relationship) between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal and/or the access network device.
可选地,会话管理网元还可以分别向终端或接入网设备发送执行条件。相应的,终端或接入网设备可以接收来自会话管理网元的执行条件。Optionally, the session management network element can also send execution conditions to the terminal or access network device respectively. Correspondingly, the terminal or access network device can receive execution conditions from the session management network element.
此外,S1503的具体实现原理也可以参考上述S1204-S1205,S1207、S1304-S1305,S1307、以及S1404-S1405,S1407中的相关介绍,不再赘述。In addition, the specific implementation principle of S1503 can also refer to the relevant introductions in the above-mentioned S1204-S1205, S1207, S1304-S1305, S1307, and S1404-S1405, S1407, which will not be described again.
S1504,终端或接入网设备根据PER,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。S1504: The terminal or access network device processes data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
其中,终端或接入网设备可以根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,根据该链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,以确保该业务的丢帧率满足丢帧率限制。可选地,终端或接入网设备也可以根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包,以确保该业务的丢帧率始终满足丢帧率限制。可选地,终端或接入网设备还可以接收业务的帧特征信息,并根据该帧特征信息,确定属于该业务的同一帧内的数据包。如此,终端或接入网设可以根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据,以保证该业务的丢帧率满足丢帧率限制。Among them, the terminal or access network device can determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit. . Optionally, the terminal or access network equipment can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value. Link resources, send the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service always meets the frame loss rate limit. Optionally, the terminal or the access network device can also receive the frame characteristic information of the service, and determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information. In this way, the terminal or access network equipment can process the data of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER and discard the data packets in the same frame to ensure that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit.
此外,S1504的具体实现原理也可以参考上述S1206和S1208、S1306和S1308、S1406和S1408中的相关介绍,不再赘述。当然,终端和接入网设备也可以采用其他方式保证丢帧率限制,本申请实施例不做具体限定。In addition, the specific implementation principle of S1504 can also refer to the relevant introductions in the above-mentioned S1206 and S1208, S1306 and S1308, S1406 and S1408, and will not be described again. Of course, terminals and access network equipment can also use other methods to ensure the frame loss rate limit, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
综上,基于上述场景1-场景3介绍的方法,通过为终端或接入网设备配置业务对应的PER,例如满足业务的丢帧率限制的PER,使得终端或接入网设备可直接根据该PER处理该业务的数据包,无需识别数据包对应的头信息,以实现通过较低的开销来保障业务的丢帧率,保障业务的QoS质量。In summary, based on the methods introduced in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above, by configuring the PER corresponding to the service for the terminal or access network device, such as the PER that meets the frame loss rate limit of the service, the terminal or access network device can directly configure the PER according to the service. PER processes the data packets of this service without identifying the header information corresponding to the data packets, so as to ensure the frame loss rate of the service and the QoS quality of the service through lower overhead.
场景4:Scene 4:
示例性的,图16为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图五。在场景4中,PCF网元可以向SMF网元发送业务的相关信息。SMF网元以QoS流为粒度,为UE或RAN设备配置该业务的相关信息。如此,UE或RAN设备可以根据业务的相关信息,自行确定该业务对应的PER,从而保障业务的丢帧率。For example, FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart 5 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. In scenario 4, the PCF network element can send service-related information to the SMF network element. The SMF network element uses the QoS flow as the granularity to configure the relevant information of the service for the UE or RAN device. In this way, the UE or RAN device can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service.
具体的,如图16所示,该通信方法的流程如下:Specifically, as shown in Figure 16, the flow of this communication method is as follows:
S1601,建立数据连接会话。S1601, establish a data connection session.
其中,S1601的具体实现原理可以参考上述S1201的相关介绍,不再赘述。Among them, the specific implementation principle of S1601 can be referred to the relevant introduction of S1201 above, and will not be described again.
S1602,AF向PCF网元发送业务的相关信息。相应的,PCF网元接收来自AF的业务的相关信息。S1602: AF sends service-related information to the PCF network element. Correspondingly, the PCF network element receives service-related information from the AF.
其中,业务的相关信息可以与该业务的需求有关,包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。该业务的丢帧率限制信息的具体实现原理可以参考上述S1202中的相关介绍,不再赘述。该业务的帧特征信息的具体实现原理可以参考上述S1202、S1302以及S1402中的相关介绍,不再赘述。The service-related information may be related to the requirements of the service, including at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information, or frame characteristic information. For the specific implementation principle of the frame loss rate limit information of this service, please refer to the relevant introduction in S1202 above, and will not be described again. For the specific implementation principle of the frame feature information of this service, please refer to the relevant introductions in S1202, S1302 and S1402 above, and will not be described again.
S1603,PCF网元向SMF网元发送业务的相关信息。相应的,SMF网元接收来自PCF网元的业务的相关信息。 S1603: The PCF network element sends service-related information to the SMF network element. Correspondingly, the SMF network element receives service-related information from the PCF network element.
其中,业务的相关信息可以携带在PCC规则中,以实现复用已有信元,降低通信开销,提高通信效率。当然,业务的相关信息也可以携带在其他任何可能的信元中,对此不做具体限定。Among them, business-related information can be carried in PCC rules to reuse existing cells, reduce communication overhead, and improve communication efficiency. Of course, service-related information can also be carried in any other possible information element, and there is no specific limitation on this.
可选地,PCF网元还可以通过SMF网元向UE或RAN设备发指示信息#2,具体实现原理可以参考上述S1303中的相关介绍,不再赘述。Optionally, the PCF network element can also send indication information #2 to the UE or RAN device through the SMF network element. For specific implementation principles, please refer to the relevant introduction in S1303 above, which will not be described again.
S1604,SMF网元将PCC规则映射至QoS流。S1604: The SMF network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
一种可能的方式中,SMF网元可以确定PCC规则中业务的信息,如5QI,ARP等,与QoS流参数中业务的信息是否相同。如果PCC规则中业务的信息与QoS流参数中业务的信息相同,则将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流。或者,如果PCC规则中业务的信息与QoS流参数中业务的信息不同,则SMF网元可以创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流。例如,QoS流参数包括:QoS流#1的参数,QoS流#2的参数。QoS流#1的参数中包括:ARP#1,QoS流#2的参数中包括:ARP#2,PCC规则中包括:ARP#1。如此,SMF网元确定QoS流#1的参数中ARP#1与PCC规则中的ARP#1相同,将PCC规则映射至QoS流#1。又例如,QoS流参数包括:QoS流#1的参数,QoS流#2的参数。QoS流#1的参数中包括:ARP#1,QoS流#2的参数中包括:ARP#2,PCC规则中包括:ARP#3。如此,SMF网元确定所有QoS流参数中的ARP与PCC规则中的ARP#3都不相同,从而创建QoS流#3,将PCC规则映射至QoS流#3。In one possible way, the SMF network element can determine whether the service information in the PCC rules, such as 5QI, ARP, etc., is the same as the service information in the QoS flow parameters. If the service information in the PCC rule is the same as the service information in the QoS flow parameter, map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter. Alternatively, if the service information in the PCC rule is different from the service information in the QoS flow parameters, the SMF network element can create a QoS flow and map the PCC rule to the created QoS flow. For example, QoS flow parameters include: parameters of QoS flow #1 and parameters of QoS flow #2. The parameters of QoS flow #1 include: ARP#1, the parameters of QoS flow #2 include: ARP#2, and the PCC rule includes: ARP#1. In this way, the SMF network element determines that ARP#1 in the parameters of QoS flow #1 is the same as ARP#1 in the PCC rule, and maps the PCC rule to QoS flow #1. For another example, the QoS flow parameters include: parameters of QoS flow #1 and parameters of QoS flow #2. The parameters of QoS flow #1 include: ARP#1, the parameters of QoS flow #2 include: ARP#2, and the PCC rule includes: ARP#3. In this way, the SMF network element determines that the ARP in all QoS flow parameters is different from ARP#3 in the PCC rule, thereby creating QoS flow #3 and mapping the PCC rule to QoS flow #3.
或者,另一种可能的方式中,SMF网元可以不执行上述业务信息的匹配,直接创建QoS流,并将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流。Or, in another possible way, the SMF network element may directly create a QoS flow without performing the above matching of service information, and map the PCC rules to the created QoS flow.
可以理解,由于PCC规则与QoS流具有映射关系,那么该PCC规则中业务的相关信息与该QoS流之间也具有相应的对应关系,例如该业务的相关信息与该QoS流的标识,如QoS流的ID对应。It can be understood that since the PCC rule has a mapping relationship with the QoS flow, the relevant information of the service in the PCC rule and the QoS flow also have a corresponding corresponding relationship, for example, the relevant information of the service and the identifier of the QoS flow, such as QoS Corresponds to the ID of the stream.
此外,为方便理解,S1604的具体实现原理也可以参考上述“3、映射机制”中的相关介绍。In addition, for the convenience of understanding, the specific implementation principle of S1604 can also refer to the relevant introduction in "3. Mapping Mechanism" above.
S1605,SMF网元向RAN设备发送业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。相应的,RAN设备接收来自SMF网元的业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。S1605: The SMF network element sends the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the RAN device. Correspondingly, the RAN device receives the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow from the SMF network element.
其中,业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系可以承载在已有的消息中,如任何可能的服务化接口消息,以实现信令复用,提高通信效率。或者,业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系也可以承载在新创建的消息中,对此不做具体限定。Among them, the corresponding relationship between business-related information and QoS flows can be carried in existing messages, such as any possible service-oriented interface messages, to achieve signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency. Alternatively, the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow can also be carried in the newly created message, and there is no specific limitation on this.
S1606,RAN设备根据业务的相关信息,确定业务对应的PER,并根据该PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。S1606: The RAN device determines the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service, and processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER.
RAN设备可以根据业务的相关信息,确定业务对应的PER,业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系,确定该QoS流的PER。这样,RAN设备可以根据该PER,处理该QoS流对应的业务的数据包,具体实现原理可以参考上述场景1-场景3中的相关介绍,不再赘述。The RAN device can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service, and determine the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service and the QoS flow. In this way, the RAN device can process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For specific implementation principles, please refer to the relevant introductions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above, which will not be described again.
可选地,RAN设备还可以根据业务的相关信息,确定执行条件,以便RAN设备可以根据执行条件,选择PER的指定取值,具体实现原理也可以参考上述场景1-场景3中的相关介绍,不再赘述。Optionally, the RAN device can also determine the execution conditions based on the relevant information of the service, so that the RAN device can select the specified value of PER based on the execution conditions. For specific implementation principles, you can also refer to the relevant introductions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above. No longer.
S1607,SMF网元向UE发送业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。相应的,UE接收来自SMF网元的业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。 S1607: The SMF network element sends the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE receives the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow from the SMF network element.
其中,业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系可以承载在已有的消息中,如任何可能的NAS消息,以实现信令复用,提高通信效率。或者,业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系也可以承载在新创建的消息中,对此不做具体限定。Among them, the corresponding relationship between business-related information and QoS flows can be carried in existing messages, such as any possible NAS messages, to achieve signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency. Alternatively, the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow can also be carried in the newly created message, and there is no specific limitation on this.
S1608,UE根据业务的相关信息,确定业务对应的PER,并根据该PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。S1608: The UE determines the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service, and processes the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER.
UE可以根据业务的相关信息,确定业务对应的PER,业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系,确定该QoS流的PER。这样,UE可以根据该PER,处理该QoS流对应的业务的数据包,具体实现原理可以参考上述场景1-场景3中的相关介绍,不再赘述。The UE can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the relevant information of the service, and the PER of the QoS flow based on the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service and the QoS flow. In this way, the UE can process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER. For specific implementation principles, please refer to the relevant introductions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above, which will not be described again.
可选地,UE还可以根据业务的相关信息,确定执行条件,以便UE可以根据执行条件,选择PER的指定取值,具体实现原理也可以参考上述场景1-场景3中的相关介绍,不再赘述。Optionally, the UE can also determine the execution conditions based on the relevant information of the service, so that the UE can select the designated value of PER according to the execution conditions. For specific implementation principles, you can also refer to the relevant introductions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above. Repeat.
需要指出的是,S1605-S1606与S1607-S1608之间的执行顺序不限定。S1607-S1608为可选步骤。例如,SMF网元可以仅向RAN设备发送业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。可选地,RAN设备还可以向UE发送业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系,以便UE可以根据该对应关系,确定业务对应的PER。或者,RAN设备可以向UE发送该PER与QoS流的对应关系,即实现由RAN设备直接为UE配置QoS流粒度的PER,以降低UE开销,提高续航时间。可选地,RAN设备还可以向UE发送执行条件,即实现由RAN设备直接为UE配置执行条件,从而也可以降低UE开销,提高续航时间。It should be pointed out that the execution order between S1605-S1606 and S1607-S1608 is not limited. S1607-S1608 are optional steps. For example, the SMF network element can only send the correspondence between service-related information and QoS flows to the RAN device. Optionally, the RAN device can also send the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the UE, so that the UE can determine the PER corresponding to the service based on the corresponding relationship. Alternatively, the RAN device can send the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow to the UE, that is, the RAN device can directly configure the PER of the QoS flow granularity for the UE, so as to reduce the UE overhead and improve the battery life. Optionally, the RAN device can also send execution conditions to the UE, that is, the RAN device can directly configure execution conditions for the UE, thereby reducing UE overhead and improving battery life.
以上结合图16详细说明了本申请实施例提供的通信方法在场景4下的具体流程。以下结合图17介绍该通信方法在场景4下的整体流程。The specific process of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application in Scenario 4 is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 16 . The following describes the overall process of this communication method in scenario 4 with reference to Figure 17.
示例性的,图17为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图六。该通信方法适用于上述通信系统中终端、接入网设备、会话管理网元、以及策略控制网元之间的通信。如图17所示,该通信方法的流程如下:Exemplarily, FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart 6 of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The communication method is suitable for communication between terminals, access network equipment, session management network elements, and policy control network elements in the above communication system. As shown in Figure 17, the flow of this communication method is as follows:
S1701,策略控制网元接收来自应用功能的业务的相关信息。S1701. The policy control network element receives service-related information from the application function.
业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:帧特征信息、或丢帧率限制信息。帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量。例如,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。可选地,帧特征信息还可以包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。其中,BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间。时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。丢帧率限制信息用于指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制。The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame characteristic information or frame loss rate limit information. The frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service. For example, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period. Optionally, the frame characteristic information may also include at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. Among them, BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service. The time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service. The frame loss rate limit information is used to indicate that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit.
此外,S1701的具体实现原理也可以参考上述S1202、S1302、以及S1402中的相关介绍,不再赘述。In addition, for the specific implementation principle of S1701, you can also refer to the relevant introductions in S1202, S1302, and S1402 above, which will not be described again.
S1702,策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送业务的相关信息。相应的,会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的业务的相关信息。S1702: The policy control network element sends service-related information to the session management network element. Correspondingly, the session management network element receives service-related information from the policy control network element.
其中,业务的相关信息携带在PCC规则中。也即,策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送PCC规则。相应的,会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,该PCC规则携带有业务的相关信息。Among them, business-related information is carried in PCC rules. That is, the policy control network element sends the PCC rule to the session management network element. Correspondingly, the session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries service-related information.
此外,S1702的具体实现原理也可以参考上述S1203以及S1303中的相关介绍,不再赘述。In addition, the specific implementation principle of S1702 can also refer to the relevant introductions in S1203 and S1303 above, and will not be described again.
S1703,会话管理网元向接入网设备发送业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。相应 的,接入网设备接收来自会话管理网元的业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。S1703. The session management network element sends the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the access network device. corresponding , the access network device receives the corresponding relationship between the service-related information from the session management network element and the QoS flow.
其中,会话管理网元可以将PCC规则映射至QoS流。例如,会话管理网元确定PCC规则中业务的信息与已有的QoS流参数中业务的信息相同,将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流;或者,会话管理网元确定PCC规则中业务的信息与已有的QoS流参数中业务的信息不同,创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流。如此,会话管理网元可以向接入网设备发送业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系(也即映射关系)。Among them, the session management network element can map PCC rules to QoS flows. For example, the session management network element determines that the service information in the PCC rule is the same as the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, and maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter; or the session management network element determines that the service information in the PCC rule is the same. The service information is different from the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters. Create a QoS flow and map the PCC rules to the created QoS flow. In this way, the session management network element can send the corresponding relationship (that is, the mapping relationship) between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the access network device.
此外,S1703的具体实现原理也可以参考上述S1604-S1605中的相关介绍,不再赘述。In addition, the specific implementation principle of S1703 can also refer to the relevant introduction in S1604-S1605 above, and will not be described again.
S1704,接入网设备根据业务的相关信息,确定PER,从而根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。S1704: The access network device determines the PER based on the relevant information of the service, and processes the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER.
其中,接入网设备可以根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。或者,接入网设备根据数据包数量和丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。该PER可以为指定取值。该PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%。业务的丢帧率限制为A%,业务的帧内的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。如此,接入网设备可以根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,根据该链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Among them, the access network device can determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. Alternatively, the access network device determines the PER based on the number of data packets and frame loss rate limit information. The PER can take a specified value. The specified value of the PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%. The frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer. In this way, the access network device can determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the link configuration.
可选地,接入网设备根据业务的相关信息,确定执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。例如,执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值,执行条件#2用于指示PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值,执行条件#3用于指示PER在连续丢包情况下的指定取值。例如,执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。当然,接入网设备也可以采用其他方式保证丢帧率限制,本申请实施例不做具体限定。如此,接入网设备可以根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the access network device determines execution conditions based on service-related information. The execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss. For example, the execution condition includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate that within the specified time of the service, PER is the specified value, execution condition #2 is used to indicate the specified value of PER in the case of packet loss or frame loss, and execution condition #3 is used to indicate that PER is in the specified time. Specified value in case of continuous packet loss. For example, execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: Relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged. Of course, the access network equipment can also use other methods to ensure the frame loss rate limit, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application. In this way, the access network device can adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, thereby sending the QoS flow according to the adjusted link resources. This QoS flow corresponds to the data packet of the service.
可选地,接入网设备还可以根据业务的帧特征信息,确定属于该业务的同一帧内的数据包。如此,接入网设备可以根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the access network device can also determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information of the service. In this way, the access network device can process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
此外,S1704的具体实现原理可以参考上述场景1-场景3中的相关介绍,不再赘述。In addition, the specific implementation principles of S1704 can be referred to the relevant introductions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above, and will not be described again.
S1705,会话管理网元向终端发送以及业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。相应的,终端接收来自会话管理网元的业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。S1705: The session management network element sends the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow to the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow from the session management network element.
其中,S1705的具体实现原理也可以参考上述S1607,以及上述场景1-场景3中的相关介绍,不再赘述。Among them, the specific implementation principle of S1705 can also refer to the above-mentioned S1607, as well as the relevant introduction in the above-mentioned Scenario 1 to Scenario 3, and will not be described again.
S1706,接入网设备向终端发送PER与QoS流的对应关系。相应的,终端接收来自接入网设备的PER与QoS流的对应关系。S1706: The access network device sends the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow to the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the access network device.
在此基础上,可选地,接入网设备还可以向终端发送执行条件。相应的,终端接收来 自接入网设备的执行条件。On this basis, optionally, the access network device can also send execution conditions to the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal receives Execution conditions for self-access network equipment.
此外,S1706的具体实现原理可以参考上述场景4中的相关介绍,不再赘述。In addition, the specific implementation principle of S1706 can be referred to the relevant introduction in Scenario 4 above, and will not be described again.
需要指出的是,S1705和S1706为可选步骤,即可以为终端配置业务的相关信息,以便终端自行确定PER,和/或,也可以直接为终端配置PER。此外,终端也可以采用其他方式保证丢帧率限制,本申请实施例不做具体限定。It should be pointed out that S1705 and S1706 are optional steps, that is, configuring service-related information for the terminal so that the terminal can determine the PER by itself, and/or you can also directly configure the PER for the terminal. In addition, the terminal can also use other methods to ensure the frame loss rate limit, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
S1707,终端根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。S1707: The terminal processes data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
其中,终端可以根据业务的相关信息,确定业务对应的PER,并根据业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系,将该PER映射至QoS流。如此,终端可以根据PER,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。例如,终端可以根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,根据该链路配置,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Among them, the terminal can determine the PER corresponding to the service according to the relevant information of the service, and map the PER to the QoS flow according to the corresponding relationship between the relevant information of the service and the QoS flow. In this way, the terminal can process data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER. For example, the terminal can determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
可选地,终端还可以根据业务的相关信息,确定该PER的执行条件。如此,终端还可以根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the terminal can also determine the execution conditions of the PER based on service-related information. In this way, the terminal can also adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution conditions of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, thereby sending the QoS according to the adjusted link resources. The flow corresponds to the data packet of the service.
可选地,终端还可以根据业务的相关信息中的帧特征信息,确定属该业务的同一帧内的数据包。如此,终端还可以根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the terminal can also determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information in the relevant information of the service. In this way, the terminal can also process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER and by discarding the data packets in the same frame.
其中,S1707的具体实现原理可以参考上述场景1-场景3中的相关介绍,不再赘述。Among them, the specific implementation principle of S1707 can be referred to the relevant introduction in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3 above, and will not be described again.
综上,基于上述场景4介绍的方法,通过为接入网设备配置业务的相关信息,使得接入网设备可以据此确定业务对应的PER,例如满足业务的丢帧率限制的PER。这样,接入网设备可直接根据该PER发送该业务的数据包,无需识别数据包对应的头信息,以实现通过较低的开销来保障业务的丢帧率,保障业务的QoS质量。In summary, based on the method introduced in Scenario 4 above, by configuring service-related information for the access network device, the access network device can determine the PER corresponding to the service, such as the PER that meets the frame loss rate limit of the service. In this way, the access network device can directly send the data packet of the service based on the PER without identifying the header information corresponding to the data packet, thereby ensuring the frame loss rate of the service and ensuring the QoS quality of the service through lower overhead.
需要指出的是,核心网,如PCF网元还可以根据RAN设备或UE的能力,选择场景1-场景3中介绍的配置方式,或者选择场景4中介绍的配置方式。例如,如果RAN设备或UE的能力比较弱,则选择场景1-场景3中介绍的配置方式,即PCF网元配置PER。如果RAN设备或UE的能力比较强,则选择场景4中介绍的配置方式,即PCF网元配置业务的相关信息,由UE或RAN设备自行确定PER。It should be pointed out that the core network, such as the PCF network element, can also choose the configuration method introduced in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3, or the configuration method introduced in Scenario 4 according to the capabilities of the RAN device or UE. For example, if the capabilities of the RAN equipment or UE are relatively weak, choose the configuration method introduced in Scenario 1-Scenario 3, that is, configure PER on the PCF network element. If the capabilities of the RAN device or UE are relatively strong, choose the configuration method introduced in Scenario 4, that is, configure the relevant information of the PCF network element service, and the UE or RAN device determines the PER on its own.
以上结合图12-图17详细说明了本申请实施例提供的通信方法。以下结合图18-图20详细说明用于执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法的通信装置。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to Figures 12-17. The communication device used to perform the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 18-20.
一些实施例中,该通信装置适用于上述场景1-场景3。下面具体介绍。In some embodiments, the communication device is applicable to the above scenarios 1 to 3. Details are introduced below.
例如,图18是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图一,如图18所示,通信装置1800可以包括一些功能性的模块,用于执行上述场景1-场景3中PCF网元,或者策略控制网元的功能。例如,通信装置1800包括:收发模块1801和处理模块1802。For example, Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 18, the communication device 1800 may include some functional modules for executing the PCF network elements in the above scenarios 1 to 3, or Policies control the functions of network elements. For example, the communication device 1800 includes: a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802.
其中,处理模块1802,用于获得与业务对应的PER;收发模块1801,用于向会话管理网元发送PER。其中,PER用于终端或接入网设备根据PER,处理业务的数据包。Among them, the processing module 1802 is used to obtain the PER corresponding to the service; the transceiving module 1801 is used to send the PER to the session management network element. Among them, PER is used by terminals or access network equipment to process service data packets based on PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。例如,指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%。其中,业务的丢帧率限制为A%,业务的帧内的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value. For example, the specified value satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%. Among them, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块1801,还用于接收来自应用功能的PER。其中,该PER是根据业务的丢帧率限制确定的。该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据 包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足丢帧率限制。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module 1801 is also used to receive the PER from the application function. Among them, the PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. The PER is used to process service data at the terminal or access network equipment. packet, so that the frame loss rate of the service meets the frame loss rate limit.
可选地,PER是进一步根据业务的帧内数据包数量确定的。Optionally, PER is further determined based on the number of intra-frame data packets of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块1801,还用于接收来自应用功能的业务的丢帧率限制信息;处理模块1802,还用于根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。其中,该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足业务的丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, the transceiver module 1801 is also used to receive frame loss rate limit information from the service of the application function; the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. Among them, the PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or the access network device processes the data packet of the service.
可选地,收发模块1801,还用于接收来自应用功能的业务的帧特征信息;处理模块1802,还用于根据帧特征信息,确定业务的帧内的数据包数量,并根据业务的丢帧率限制信息和业务的帧内的数据包数量,确定PER。Optionally, the transceiver module 1801 is also used to receive the frame characteristic information of the service from the application function; the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service based on the frame characteristic information, and to determine the number of data packets in the frame according to the frame loss of the service. The number of data packets within the frame of rate-limited information and services determines the PER.
可选地,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。Optionally, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
进一步的,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。其中,BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间。时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Further, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information. Among them, BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service. The time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,PER根据丢帧率限制信息确定。或者,PER根据数据包数量和丢帧率限制信息确定。Optionally, PER is determined based on frame loss rate limit information. Alternatively, PER is determined based on packet number and frame loss rate limit information.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER携带在PCC规则中。In one possible design solution, PER is carried in the PCC rules.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块1801,还用于向会话管理网元发送PER的执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或者PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module 1801 is also used to send the execution conditions of the PER to the session management network element. The execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,收发模块1801可以包括发送模块和接收模块。其中,发送模块用于实现通信装置1800的发送功能,接收模块用于实现通信装置1800的接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module 1801 may include a sending module and a receiving module. Among them, the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device 1800, and the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device 1800.
可选地,通信装置1800还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块1802执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置1800可以执行如图12-图14所示的通信方法中PCF网元的功能,或者执行如图15所示的通信方法中策略控制网元的功能。Optionally, the communication device 1800 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module 1802 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1800 can perform the functions of the PCF network element in the communication method as shown in Figures 12-14, or perform the policy control network in the communication method as shown in Figure 15 Yuan function.
需要说明的是,通信装置1800可以是网络设备,如PCF网元,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device 1800 can be a network device, such as a PCF network element, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the network device, or a device including network devices. This application describes This is not limited.
此外,通信装置1800的技术效果可以参考图12-图15所示的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 1800 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication methods shown in Figures 12 to 15, which will not be described again here.
又例如,图19是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图二,如图19所示,通信装置1900可以包括一些功能性的模块,用于执行上述场景1-场景3中SMF网元,或者会话管理网元的功能。例如,通信装置1900包括:接收模块1901和发送模块1902。As another example, Figure 19 is a second structural schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19, the communication device 1900 may include some functional modules for executing the SMF network elements in the above scenarios 1 to 3. Or the function of session management network element. For example, the communication device 1900 includes: a receiving module 1901 and a sending module 1902.
其中,接收模块1901,用于接收来自策略控制网元的与业务对应的PER;发送模块 1902,用于向终端和/或接入网设备发送PER与QoS流的对应关系。其中,该对应关系用于接入网设备或终端根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。Among them, the receiving module 1901 is used to receive the PER corresponding to the service from the policy control network element; the sending module 1902, used to send the corresponding relationship between PER and QoS flow to the terminal and/or access network device. The corresponding relationship is used for the access network device or terminal to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,业务的丢帧率限制为A%,业务的帧内的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER是根据业务的丢帧率限制确定的。该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足业务的丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. The PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network device processes the data packet of the service.
可选地,PER是进一步根据业务的帧内的数据包数量确定的。Optionally, the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
可选地,业务的帧内的数据包数量根据业务的帧特征信息确定,该帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。Optionally, the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service. The frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
进一步的,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Further, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块1901,还用于接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,该PCC规则携带有PER。In a possible design solution, the receiving module 1901 is also used to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element, where the PCC rules carry PER.
可选地,通信装置1900还可以包括:处理模块(图19中未示出)。该处理模块,用于将PCC规则映射至QoS流。Optionally, the communication device 1900 may further include: a processing module (not shown in Figure 19). This processing module is used to map PCC rules to QoS flows.
进一步的,处理模块,还用于确定PCC规则中的PER与已有的QoS流参数中的PER相同,将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流。或者,处理模块,还用于确定PCC规则中的PER与已有的QoS流参数中的PER不同,创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流。Further, the processing module is also used to determine that the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the existing QoS flow parameter, and map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter. Alternatively, the processing module is also used to determine that the PER in the PCC rule is different from the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters, create a QoS flow, and map the PCC rule to the created QoS flow.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块1901,还用于接收来自策略控制网元的PER的执行条件;发送模块1902,还用于向终端或接入网设备发送PER的执行条件。其中,执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In a possible design solution, the receiving module 1901 is also used to receive the execution conditions of the PER from the policy control network element; the sending module 1902 is also used to send the execution conditions of the PER to the terminal or access network device. Among them, the execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C。或者,指定时间内包括为非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C. Or, included within the specified time are non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
进一步的,接收模块1901,还用于接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,PCC规则携带有PER的执行条件。Further, the receiving module 1901 is also configured to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element. The PCC rules carry the execution conditions of the PER.
可选地,发送模块1902和接收模块1901也可以集成为收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现通信装置1900的收发功能。Optionally, the sending module 1902 and the receiving module 1901 can also be integrated into a transceiving module. Among them, the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 1900.
可选地,通信装置1900还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置1900可以执行如图12-图14所示的通信方法中SMF网元的功能,或者执行如图15所示的通信方法中会话管理网元的功能。Optionally, the communication device 1900 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1900 can perform the functions of the SMF network element in the communication method as shown in Figures 12-14, or perform the session management network element in the communication method as shown in Figure 15 function.
需要说明的是,通信装置1900可以是网络设备,如SMF网元,也可以是可设置于网 络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device 1900 may be a network device, such as an SMF network element, or may be configured on the network. The chip (system) or other components or components in the network equipment may also be a device including the network equipment, which is not limited in this application.
此外,通信装置1900的技术效果可以参考图12-图15所示的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 1900 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication methods shown in Figures 12 to 15, which will not be described again here.
再例如,如图18所示,通信装置1800可以包括一些功能性的模块,用于执行上述场景1-场景3中UE或RAN设备,或者终端或接入网设备的功能。例如,通信装置1800包括:收发模块1801和处理模块1802。As another example, as shown in Figure 18, the communication device 1800 may include some functional modules for performing the functions of the UE or RAN device, or the terminal or the access network device in the above scenarios 1 to 3. For example, the communication device 1800 includes: a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802.
其中,收发模块1801,用于接收来自会话管理网元的PER与QoS流的对应关系。其中,该PER与该业务对应。处理模块1802,用于根据PER,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。Among them, the transceiver module 1801 is used to receive the correspondence between the PER and the QoS flow from the session management network element. Among them, the PER corresponds to the business. The processing module 1802 is used to process data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块1802,还用于根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,并根据该链路配置,控制收发模块1801发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。In a possible design solution, the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,业务的丢帧率限制为A%,业务的帧内的数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate of the service is limited to A%, the number of data packets in the frame of the service is B, and the specified value of PER is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER是根据业务的丢帧率限制确定的。该PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理业务的数据包时,使得该业务的丢帧率满足业务的丢帧率限制。In one possible design solution, PER is determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service. The PER is used to make the frame loss rate of the service meet the frame loss rate limit of the service when the terminal or access network device processes the data packet of the service.
可选地,PER是进一步根据业务的丢帧率限制和业务的帧内的数据包数量确定的。Optionally, the PER is further determined based on the frame loss rate limit of the service and the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
可选地,业务的帧内的数据包数量根据业务的帧特征信息确定,该帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。Optionally, the number of data packets in a frame of the service is determined based on the frame characteristic information of the service. The frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
进一步的,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Further, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,收发模块1801,还用于接收业务的帧特征信息;处理模块1802,还用于根据该帧特征信息,确定属于该业务的同一帧内的数据包。以及,处理模块1802,还用于根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据。Optionally, the transceiving module 1801 is also configured to receive the frame characteristic information of the service; the processing module 1802 is also configured to determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information. In addition, the processing module 1802 is also configured to process data corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER in a manner of discarding data packets in the same frame.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块1801,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的PER的执行条件。其中,PER的执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In one possible design solution, the transceiver module 1801 is also used to receive the execution conditions of the PER from the session management network element. Among them, the execution condition of PER can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,处理模块1802,还用于根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,控制收发模块1801发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the processing module 1802 is also configured to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources corresponding to the adjusted link. path resources, and controls the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
可选地,收发模块1801可以包括发送模块和接收模块。其中,发送模块用于实现通信 装置1800的发送功能,接收模块用于实现通信装置1800的接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module 1801 may include a sending module and a receiving module. Among them, the sending module is used to implement communication The sending function of the device 1800 and the receiving module are used to implement the receiving function of the communication device 1800 .
可选地,通信装置1800还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块1802执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置1800可以执行如图12-图14所示的通信方法中UE或RAN设备的功能,或者执行如图15所示的通信方法中终端或接入网设备的功能。Optionally, the communication device 1800 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module 1802 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1800 can perform the functions of the UE or RAN device in the communication method as shown in Figure 12-14, or perform the terminal or RAN device in the communication method as shown in Figure 15. Functions of access network equipment.
需要说明的是,通信装置1800可以是终端或网络设备,如UE或RAN设备,也可以是可设置于终端或网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含终端或网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device 1800 may be a terminal or network equipment, such as a UE or RAN equipment, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that can be disposed in the terminal or network equipment, or may include a terminal or network device. The device of the equipment is not limited in this application.
此外,通信装置1800的技术效果可以参考图12-图15所示的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 1800 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication methods shown in Figures 12 to 15, which will not be described again here.
另一些实施例中,该通信装置适用于上述场景4。下面具体介绍。In other embodiments, the communication device is suitable for the above scenario 4. Details are introduced below.
例如,如图19所示,通信装置1900可以包括一些功能性的模块,用于执行上述场景4中SMF网元,或者会话管理网元的功能。例如,通信装置1900包括:接收模块1901和发送模块1902。For example, as shown in Figure 19, the communication device 1900 may include some functional modules for executing the functions of the SMF network element or the session management network element in the above scenario 4. For example, the communication device 1900 includes: a receiving module 1901 and a sending module 1902.
其中,接收模块1901,用于接收来自策略控制网元的业务的相关信息。发送模块1902,用于向接入网设备发送业务的相关信息,以及业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量,业务的相关信息用于确定PER,该PER用于终端或接入网设备根据该PER,处理业务的数据包。Among them, the receiving module 1901 is used to receive service-related information from the policy control network element. The sending module 1902 is configured to send service-related information to the access network device, as well as the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit. The frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service. The relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER. The PER is used for the terminal or interface. The network access device processes service data packets based on the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息,BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块1901,还用于接收来自策略控制网元的PCC规则,PCC规则携带有业务的相关信息。In a possible design solution, the receiving module 1901 is also used to receive PCC rules from the policy control network element. The PCC rules carry business-related information.
可选地,通信装置1900还可以包括:处理模块(图19中未示出)。该处理模块,用于将PCC规则映射至QoS流。Optionally, the communication device 1900 may further include: a processing module (not shown in Figure 19). This processing module is used to map PCC rules to QoS flows.
进一步的,处理模块,还用于确定PCC规则中业务的信息与已有的QoS流参数中业务的信息相同,将PCC规则映射至该QoS流参数对应的QoS流;或者,处理模块,还用于确定PCC规则中业务的信息与已有的QoS流参数中业务的信息不同,创建QoS流,将PCC规则映射至该创建的QoS流。Further, the processing module is also used to determine that the service information in the PCC rule is the same as the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, and map the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter; or, the processing module is also used In order to determine that the service information in the PCC rule is different from the service information in the existing QoS flow parameters, a QoS flow is created, and the PCC rule is mapped to the created QoS flow.
一种可能的设计方案中,发送模块1902,还用于向终端发送业务的相关信息,以及业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系。In one possible design solution, the sending module 1902 is also used to send service-related information to the terminal, as well as the correspondence between the service-related information and the QoS flow.
可选地,发送模块1902和接收模块1901也可以集成为收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现通信装置1900的收发功能。Optionally, the sending module 1902 and the receiving module 1901 can also be integrated into a transceiving module. Among them, the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 1900.
可选地,通信装置1900还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置1900可以执行如图16所示的通信方法中SMF网元的功能,或者执行如图17所示的通信方法中会话管理网元的功能。 Optionally, the communication device 1900 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1900 can perform the function of the SMF network element in the communication method as shown in Figure 16, or the function of the session management network element in the communication method as shown in Figure 17.
需要说明的是,通信装置1900可以是网络设备,如SMF网元,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device 1900 may be a network device, such as an SMF network element, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the network device, or a device including network devices. This application is intended to This is not limited.
此外,通信装置1900的技术效果可以参考图16-图17所示的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 1900 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 , which will not be described again here.
又例如,如图18所示,通信装置1800可以包括一些功能性的模块,用于执行上述场景4中RAN设备,或者接入网设备的功能。例如,通信装置1800包括:收发模块1801和处理模块1802。For another example, as shown in Figure 18, the communication device 1800 may include some functional modules for performing the functions of the RAN device or the access network device in the above scenario 4. For example, the communication device 1800 includes: a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802.
其中,收发模块1801,用于接收来自会话管理网元的业务的相关信息,以及业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系;处理模块1802,用于根据业务的相关信息,确定PER,以根据PER,处理该QoS流对应的业务的数据包。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量。Among them, the transceiver module 1801 is used to receive service-related information from the session management network element, as well as the corresponding relationship between the service-related information and the QoS flow; the processing module 1802 is used to determine the PER according to the service-related information. , processing the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit, and the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块1802,还用于根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,根据该链路配置,控制收发模块1801发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。In a possible design solution, the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
一种可能的设计方案中,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,处理模块1802,还用于根据业务的帧特征信息,确定属于该业务的同一帧内的数据包。以及,处理模块1802,还用于根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the processing module 1802 is also configured to determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information of the service. In addition, the processing module 1802 is also configured to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER in a manner of discarding the data packets in the same frame.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,丢帧率限制为A%,数据包数量为B个,PER的指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value of PER is C, and the value of A Greater than 0, B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块1801,还用于向终端发送PER与QoS流的对应关系。其中,该对应关系用于终端根据PER,处理QoS流对应的业务的数据包。In one possible design solution, the transceiver module 1801 is also used to send the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow to the terminal. The corresponding relationship is used by the terminal to process data packets of services corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块1802,还用于根据业务的相关信息,确定PER的执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In a possible design solution, the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the execution conditions of the PER based on business-related information. The execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C;或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,处理模块1802,还用于根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源, 控制收发模块1801发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the processing module 1802 is also configured to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources corresponding to the adjusted link. road resources, Control the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
进一步的,收发模块1801,还用于向终端发送PER的执行条件。Further, the transceiver module 1801 is also used to send the execution conditions of the PER to the terminal.
可选地,收发模块1801可以包括发送模块和接收模块。其中,发送模块用于实现通信装置1800的发送功能,接收模块用于实现通信装置1800的接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module 1801 may include a sending module and a receiving module. Among them, the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device 1800, and the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device 1800.
可选地,通信装置1800还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块1802执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置1800可以执行如图16所示的通信方法中RAN设备的功能,或者执行如图17所示的通信方法中接入网设备的功能。Optionally, the communication device 1800 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module 1802 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1800 can perform the functions of the RAN device in the communication method as shown in Figure 16, or perform the functions of the access network device in the communication method as shown in Figure 17.
需要说明的是,通信装置1800可以是网络设备,如RAN设备,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device 1800 may be a network device, such as a RAN device, or it may be a chip (system) or other component or component that can be disposed in the network device, or it may be a device including a network device. This application will No restrictions.
此外,通信装置1800的技术效果可以参考图16-图17所示的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 1800 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 , which will not be described again here.
再例如,如图18所示,通信装置1800可以包括一些功能性的模块,用于执行上述场景4中UE,或者终端的功能。例如,通信装置1800包括:收发模块1801和处理模块1802。As another example, as shown in Figure 18, the communication device 1800 may include some functional modules for performing the functions of the UE or terminal in the above scenario 4. For example, the communication device 1800 includes: a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802.
其中,收发模块1801,用于接收来自接入网设备的PER与QoS流的对应关系,或者接收来自会话管理网元的业务的相关信息与QoS流的对应关系;处理模块1802,用于根据PER,处理发送QoS流对应的业务的数据包。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量,PER根据业务的相关信息确定。Among them, the transceiver module 1801 is used to receive the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow from the access network device, or to receive the corresponding relationship between the service-related information of the session management network element and the QoS flow; the processing module 1802 is used to receive the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow according to the PER. , processing and sending data packets corresponding to the QoS flow. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit. The frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service. The PER is determined based on the relevant information of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块1802,还用于根据PER,确定QoS流对应的链路配置,根据该链路配置,控制收发模块1801发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。In a possible design solution, the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the link configuration corresponding to the QoS flow based on the PER, and control the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow based on the link configuration.
一种可能的设计方案中,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
可选地,处理模块1802,还用于根据业务的帧特征信息,确定属于该业务的同一帧内的数据包。以及,处理模块1802,还用于根据PER,并以在同一帧内丢弃数据包的方式,处理QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the processing module 1802 is also configured to determine the data packets in the same frame belonging to the service based on the frame characteristic information of the service. In addition, the processing module 1802 is also configured to process the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow according to the PER in a manner of discarding the data packets in the same frame.
一种可能的设计方案中,PER为指定取值。In one possible design solution, PER is a specified value.
可选地,指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%≤C≤A%,丢帧率限制为A%,数据包数量为B个,指定取值为C,A的取值大于0,B为正整数。Optionally, the specified value satisfies the following relationship: A/B% ≤ C ≤ A%, the frame loss rate is limited to A%, the number of data packets is B, the specified value is C, the value of A is greater than 0, and B is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,处理模块1802,还用于根据丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。或者,处理模块1802,还用于根据数据包数量和丢帧率限制信息,确定PER。In a possible design, the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information. Alternatively, the processing module 1802 is also used to determine the PER based on the number of data packets and the frame loss rate limit information.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块1801,还用于接收来自接入网设备的PER的执行条件。其中,该执行条件可以用于指示在满足执行条件时,PER为指定取值。例如,该执行条件可以用于指示如下至少一项:在业务的指定时间内,PER为指定取值、或PER在丢包或丢帧情况下的指定取值。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module 1801 is also used to receive the PER execution conditions from the access network device. The execution condition can be used to indicate that when the execution condition is met, the PER takes a specified value. For example, the execution condition can be used to indicate at least one of the following: within a specified time of the service, the PER is a specified value, or the PER is a specified value in the event of packet loss or frame loss.
可选地,PER的执行条件包括如下至少一项:执行条件#1、执行条件#2、或执行条件#3。执行条件#1用于指示:指定时间内包括关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%=C; 或者,指定时间内包括非关键帧,PER的指定取值满足如下关系:A/B%<C≤A%。执行条件#2用于指示如下至少一项:PER的指定取值与丢帧数负相关、或PER的指定取值与丢包数负相关。执行条件#3用于指示:在同一帧内丢包的情况下,PER的指定取值保持不变。Optionally, the execution condition of PER includes at least one of the following: execution condition #1, execution condition #2, or execution condition #3. Execution condition #1 is used to indicate: the specified time includes key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%=C; Or, the specified time includes non-key frames, and the specified value of PER satisfies the following relationship: A/B%<C≤A%. Execution condition #2 is used to indicate at least one of the following: the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost frames, or the specified value of PER is negatively correlated with the number of lost packets. Execution condition #3 is used to indicate: in the case of packet loss within the same frame, the specified value of PER remains unchanged.
可选地,处理模块1802,还用于根据PER的执行条件,调整PER的指定取值,并根据PER调整后的指定取值,调整QoS流对应的链路资源,从而根据该调整后的链路资源,控制收发模块1801发送该QoS流对应业务的数据包。Optionally, the processing module 1802 is also configured to adjust the specified value of PER according to the execution condition of PER, and adjust the link resources corresponding to the QoS flow according to the adjusted specified value of PER, so as to adjust the link resources corresponding to the adjusted link. path resources, and controls the transceiver module 1801 to send the data packet of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
可选地,收发模块1801可以包括发送模块和接收模块。其中,发送模块用于实现通信装置1800的发送功能,接收模块用于实现通信装置1800的接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module 1801 may include a sending module and a receiving module. Among them, the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device 1800, and the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device 1800.
可选地,通信装置1800还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块1802执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置1800可以执行如图16所示的通信方法中UE的功能,或者执行如图17所示的通信方法中终端的功能。Optionally, the communication device 1800 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module 1802 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1800 can perform the functions of the UE in the communication method as shown in Figure 16, or the functions of the terminal in the communication method as shown in Figure 17.
需要说明的是,通信装置1800可以是终端,如UE,也可以是可设置于终端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含终端的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device 1800 may be a terminal, such as a UE, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the terminal, or a device including a terminal, which is not limited in this application.
此外,通信装置1800的技术效果可以参考图16-图17所示的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 1800 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 , which will not be described again here.
还例如,如图19所示,通信装置1900可以包括一些功能性的模块,用于执行上述场景4中PCF网元,或者策略控制网元的功能。例如,通信装置1900包括:接收模块1901和发送模块1902。For example, as shown in Figure 19, the communication device 1900 may include some functional modules for executing the functions of the PCF network element or the policy control network element in the above scenario 4. For example, the communication device 1900 includes: a receiving module 1901 and a sending module 1902.
其中,接收模块1901,用于接收来自应用功能的业务的相关信息;发送模块1902,用于向会话管理网元发送业务的相关信息。其中,业务的相关信息包括如下至少一项:丢帧率限制信息、或帧特征信息。丢帧率限制信息指示业务的丢帧率小于或等于丢帧率限制,帧特征信息用于确定业务的帧内的数据包数量。业务的相关信息用于确定PER,PER用于终端或接入网设备根据PER,处理业务的数据包。Among them, the receiving module 1901 is used to receive service-related information from the application function; the sending module 1902 is used to send service-related information to the session management network element. The service-related information includes at least one of the following: frame loss rate limit information or frame characteristic information. The frame loss rate limit information indicates that the frame loss rate of the service is less than or equal to the frame loss rate limit, and the frame characteristic information is used to determine the number of data packets in the frame of the service. The relevant information of the service is used to determine the PER, and the PER is used by the terminal or access network equipment to process the data packets of the service based on the PER.
一种可能的设计方案中,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。In a possible design solution, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum number of data packets, maximum data burst amount, or data packet period.
可选地,业务的帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:BAT、或时间信息。BAT用于指示业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,时间信息用于指示业务的帧的时间。Optionally, the frame characteristic information of the service includes at least one of the following: BAT, or time information. BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service, and the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
一种可能的设计方案中,发送模块1902,还用于向会话管理网元发送PCC规则,其中,PCC规则携带有业务的相关信息。In a possible design solution, the sending module 1902 is also used to send PCC rules to the session management network element, where the PCC rules carry service-related information.
可选地,发送模块1902和接收模块1901也可以集成为收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现通信装置1900的收发功能。Optionally, the sending module 1902 and the receiving module 1901 can also be integrated into a transceiving module. Among them, the transceiver module is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 1900.
可选地,通信装置1900还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当该处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置1900可以执行如图16所示的通信方法中PCF网元的功能,或者执行如图17所示的通信方法中策略控制网元的功能。Optionally, the communication device 1900 may also include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1900 can perform the functions of the PCF network element in the communication method as shown in Figure 16, or perform the functions of the policy control network element in the communication method as shown in Figure 17.
需要说明的是,通信装置1900可以是网络设备,如PCF网元,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device 1900 can be a network device, such as a PCF network element, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the network device, or a device including network devices. This application describes This is not limited.
此外,通信装置1900的技术效果可以参考图16-图17所示的通信方法的技术效果, 此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 1900 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method shown in Figures 16 and 17, No further details will be given here.
示例性地,图20为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图三。该通信装置可以是终端,也可以是可设置于终端的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件。如图20所示,通信装置2000可以包括处理器2001。可选地,通信装置2000还可以包括存储器2002和/或收发器2003。其中,处理器2001与存储器2002和收发器2003耦合,如可以通过通信总线连接。Exemplarily, FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram three of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be a terminal, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be installed in the terminal. As shown in FIG. 20, the communication device 2000 may include a processor 2001. Optionally, the communication device 2000 may also include a memory 2002 and/or a transceiver 2003. The processor 2001 is coupled to the memory 2002 and the transceiver 2003, for example, through a communication bus.
下面结合图20对通信装置2000的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:The following is a detailed introduction to each component of the communication device 2000 with reference to Figure 20:
其中,处理器2001是通信装置2000的控制中心,可以是一个处理器,也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如,处理器2001是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),也可以是特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者是被配置成实施本申请实施例的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个微处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)。Among them, the processor 2001 is the control center of the communication device 2000, and may be a processor or a collective name for multiple processing elements. For example, the processor 2001 is one or more central processing units (CPUs), may also be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or may be configured to implement one or more embodiments of the present application. An integrated circuit, such as one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA).
可选地,处理器2001可以通过运行或执行存储在存储器2002内的软件程序,以及调用存储在存储器2002内的数据,执行通信装置2000的各种功能,例如执行上述图12-图17所示的通信方法。Optionally, the processor 2001 can perform various functions of the communication device 2000 by running or executing software programs stored in the memory 2002 and calling data stored in the memory 2002, for example, performing the functions shown in FIGS. 12 to 17 above. communication method.
在具体的实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器2001可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图20中所示出的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 2001 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 20 .
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置2000也可以包括多个处理器,例如图20中所示的处理器2001和处理器2004。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器(single-CPU),也可以是一个多核处理器(multi-CPU)。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 2000 may also include multiple processors, such as the processor 2001 and the processor 2004 shown in FIG. 20 . Each of these processors can be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU). A processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
其中,所述存储器2002用于存储执行本申请方案的软件程序,并由处理器2001来控制执行,具体实现方式可以参考上述方法实施例,此处不再赘述。The memory 2002 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 2001 for execution. For specific implementation methods, reference can be made to the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
可选地,存储器2002可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器2002可以和处理器2001集成在一起,也可以独立存在,并通过通信装置2000的接口电路(图20中未示出)与处理器2001耦合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the memory 2002 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory (RAM)) or a random access memory (RAM) that can store information and instructions. Other types of dynamic storage devices for instructions can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical discs Storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other media capable of being accessed by a computer, without limitation. The memory 2002 may be integrated with the processor 2001, or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 2001 through the interface circuit (not shown in Figure 20) of the communication device 2000. This is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
收发器2003,用于与其他通信装置之间的通信。例如,通信装置2000为终端,收发器2003可以用于与网络设备通信,或者与另一个终端设备通信。又例如,通信装置2000为网络设备,收发器2003可以用于与终端通信,或者与另一个网络设备通信。Transceiver 2003, used for communication with other communication devices. For example, the communication device 2000 is a terminal, and the transceiver 2003 can be used to communicate with a network device or with another terminal device. For another example, the communication device 2000 is a network device, and the transceiver 2003 can be used to communicate with a terminal or another network device.
可选地,收发器2003可以包括接收器和发送器(图20中未单独示出)。其中,接收器用于实现接收功能,发送器用于实现发送功能。Optionally, the transceiver 2003 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not shown separately in Figure 20). Among them, the receiver is used to implement the receiving function, and the transmitter is used to implement the sending function.
可选地,收发器2003可以和处理器2001集成在一起,也可以独立存在,并通过通信 装置2000的接口电路(图20中未示出)与处理器2001耦合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the transceiver 2003 can be integrated with the processor 2001, or can exist independently and communicate through The interface circuit (not shown in Figure 20) of the device 2000 is coupled to the processor 2001, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,图20中示出的通信装置2000的结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,实际的通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be noted that the structure of the communication device 2000 shown in Figure 20 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device. The actual communication device may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined, or Different component arrangements.
此外,通信装置2000的技术效果可以参考上述方法实施例所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 2000 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
应理解,在本申请实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor in the embodiment of the present application can be a central processing unit (CPU). The processor can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), special-purpose integrated processors, etc. Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM (SRAM)), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (RAM) Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件(如电路)、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (such as circuits), firmware, or any other combination. When implemented using software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmit to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that contains one or more sets of available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一 种“或”的关系,但也可能表示的是一种“和/或”的关系,具体可参考前后文进行理解。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. , there are three cases of B alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related object is a It is an "or" relationship, but it may also represent an "and/or" relationship. Please refer to the context for understanding.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "plurality" refers to two or more. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    策略控制网元获得与业务对应的包错误率PER;The policy control network element obtains the packet error rate PER corresponding to the service;
    所述策略控制网向会话管理网元发送所述PER,所述PER用于指示终端或接入网设备根据所述PER,处理所述业务的数据包。The policy control network sends the PER to the session management network element, where the PER is used to instruct the terminal or the access network device to process the data packet of the service according to the PER.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制网元获得业务对应的PER,包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the policy control network element obtains the PER corresponding to the service, including:
    所述策略控制网元接收来自应用功能的所述PER;所述PER是根据所述业务的丢帧率限制确定的;所述PER用于在所述终端或所述接入网设备处理所述业务的数据包时,使得所述业务的丢帧率满足所述丢帧率限制。The policy control network element receives the PER from the application function; the PER is determined according to the frame loss rate limit of the service; the PER is used to process the PER at the terminal or the access network device. data packets of the service, so that the frame loss rate of the service satisfies the frame loss rate limit.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述PER进一步根据所述业务的帧内的数据包数量确定的。The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in a frame of the service.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制网元获得业务对应的PER,包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the policy control network element obtains the PER corresponding to the service, including:
    所述策略控制网元接收来自应用功能的所述业务的丢帧率限制信息;The policy control network element receives the frame loss rate limit information of the service from the application function;
    所述策略控制网元根据所述丢帧率限制信息,确定所述PER;所述PER用于在所述终端或所述接入网设备处理所述业务的数据包时,使得所述业务的丢帧率满足所述业务的丢帧率限制。The policy control network element determines the PER according to the frame loss rate limit information; the PER is used to ensure that when the terminal or the access network device processes the data packet of the service, the The frame loss rate meets the frame loss rate limit of the service.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 4, further comprising:
    所述策略控制网元接收来自应用功能的所述业务的帧特征信息;The policy control network element receives frame characteristic information of the service from the application function;
    所述策略控制网元根据所述帧特征信息,确定所述业务的帧内的数据包数量;The policy control network element determines the number of data packets in the frame of the service based on the frame characteristic information;
    所述策略控制网元根据所述丢帧率限制信息,确定所述PER,包括:The policy control network element determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information, including:
    所述策略控制网元根据所述丢帧率限制信息和所述业务的帧内的数据包数量,确定所述PER。The policy control network element determines the PER based on the frame loss rate limit information and the number of data packets in the frame of the service.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述PER携带在策略与计费控制PCC规则中。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the PER is carried in a policy and charging control PCC rule.
  7. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述策略控制网元向所述会话管理网元发送所述PER的执行条件;所述执行条件用于指示在满足所述执行条件时,所述PER为指定取值。The policy control network element sends the execution condition of the PER to the session management network element; the execution condition is used to indicate that the PER is a specified value when the execution condition is met.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述PER的执行条件携带在PCC规则中。The method according to claim 7, characterized in that the execution conditions of the PER are carried in PCC rules.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的与业务对应的包错误率PER;The session management network element receives the packet error rate PER corresponding to the service from the policy control network element;
    所述会话管理网元向终端和/或接入网设备发送所述PER与服务质量QoS流的对应关系,其中,所述对应关系指示:所述接入网设备或所述终端根据所述PER,处理所述QoS流对应的所述业务的数据包。The session management network element sends the corresponding relationship between the PER and the quality of service QoS flow to the terminal and/or access network equipment, wherein the corresponding relationship indicates that the access network equipment or the terminal performs the following tasks according to the PER , processing the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的业务对应的PER,包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the session management network element receives the PER corresponding to the service from the policy control network element, including:
    所述会话管理网元接收来所述自策略控制网元的策略与计费控制PCC规则,所述PCC 规则携带有所述PER。The session management network element receives the policy and charging control PCC rules from the policy control network element, and the PCC The rule carries the PER.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 10, further comprising:
    所述会话管理网元将所述PCC规则映射至所述QoS流。The session management network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元将所述PCC规则映射至所述QoS流,包括:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the session management network element maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow, including:
    所述会话管理网元确定所述PCC规则中的所述PER与已有的QoS流参数中的PER相同,将所述PCC规则映射至所述QoS流参数对应的所述QoS流;或者,The session management network element determines that the PER in the PCC rule is the same as the PER in the existing QoS flow parameter, and maps the PCC rule to the QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow parameter; or,
    所述会话管理网元确定所述PER与已有的QoS流参数中的PER不同,创建所述QoS流,将所述PCC规则映射至创建的所述QoS流。The session management network element determines that the PER is different from the PER in the existing QoS flow parameters, creates the QoS flow, and maps the PCC rule to the created QoS flow.
  13. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 9, further comprising:
    所述会话管理网元接收来自所述策略控制网元的所述PER的执行条件;所述执行条件用于指示在满足所述执行条件时,所述PER为指定取值。The session management network element receives the execution condition of the PER from the policy control network element; the execution condition is used to indicate that the PER is a specified value when the execution condition is met.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元接收来自所述策略控制网元的所述PER的执行条件,包括:The method according to claim 13, characterized in that the session management network element receives execution conditions of the PER from the policy control network element, including:
    所述会话管理网元接收来所述自策略控制网元的PCC规则,所述PCC规则携带有所述PER的执行条件。The session management network element receives the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the PCC rule carries the execution condition of the PER.
  15. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    接收来自会话管理网元的包错误率PER与服务质量QoS流的对应关系;所述PER与业务对应;Receive the correspondence between the packet error rate PER from the session management network element and the quality of service QoS flow; the PER corresponds to the service;
    根据所述PER,处理所述QoS流对应所述业务的数据包。According to the PER, process data packets of the QoS flow corresponding to the service.
  16. 根据权利要求9或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述PER是根据所述业务的丢帧率限制确定的;所述PER用于在终端或接入网设备处理所述业务的数据包时,使得所述业务的丢帧率满足所述丢帧率限制。The method according to claim 9 or 15, characterized in that the PER is determined according to the frame loss rate limit of the service; the PER is used to process data packets of the service at a terminal or access network device time, so that the frame loss rate of the service satisfies the frame loss rate limit.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述PER是进一步根据所述业务的帧内的数据包数量确定的。The method according to claim 16, characterized in that the PER is further determined based on the number of data packets in a frame of the service.
  18. 根据权利要求3或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务的帧内的数据包数量根据所述业务的帧特征信息确定,所述帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:帧周期、最大数据包数量、最大数据突发量、或数据包周期。The method according to claim 3 or 17, characterized in that the number of data packets in the frame of the service is determined according to the frame characteristic information of the service, and the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: frame period, maximum Number of packets, maximum data burst size, or packet period.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述帧特征信息包括如下至少一项:突发到达时间BAT、或时间信息,所述BAT用于指示所述业务的第一个数据包的达到时间,所述时间信息用于指示所述业务的帧的时间。The method according to claim 18, characterized in that the frame characteristic information includes at least one of the following: burst arrival time (BAT) or time information, the BAT is used to indicate the arrival time of the first data packet of the service. Arrival time, the time information is used to indicate the time of the frame of the service.
  20. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 15, further comprising:
    接收来自所述会话管理网元的所述PER的执行条件;所述执行条件用于指示在满足所述执行条件时,所述PER为指定取值。Receive the execution condition of the PER from the session management network element; the execution condition is used to indicate that the PER has a specified value when the execution condition is met.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:用于执行如权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 1-8.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:用于执行如权利要求9-14中任一项所述的方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 9-14.
  23. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:用于执行如权利要求15-20中任一项所述的方 法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising: configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 15-20 method module.
  24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:处理器;其中,A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a processor; wherein,
    所述处理器,用于执行如权利要求1-20中任一项所述的通信方法。The processor is configured to execute the communication method according to any one of claims 1-20.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:处理器和存储器;所述存储器用于存储计算机指令,当所述处理器执行该指令时,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-20中任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device executes the instructions as claimed in claim 1 -The communication method described in any one of 20.
  26. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括:至少一个用于执行如权利要求1-20中任一项所述的方法的通信装置。A communication system, characterized in that the communication system includes: at least one communication device for performing the method according to any one of claims 1-20.
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质包括计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-20中任一项所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium includes a computer program or instructions that, when the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the instructions in claims 1-20 The communication method described in any one of the above.
  28. 一种通信方法,其特征在于:A communication method characterized by:
    策略控制网元获得与业务对应的包错误率PER;The policy control network element obtains the packet error rate PER corresponding to the service;
    会话管理网元接收所述策略控制网元发送的所述PER,所述PER用于指示终端或接入网设备根据所述PER,处理所述业务的数据包。The session management network element receives the PER sent by the policy control network element, and the PER is used to instruct the terminal or the access network device to process the data packet of the service according to the PER.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法进一步包括:The method of claim 28, further comprising:
    所述会话管理网元向终端和/或接入网设备发送所述PER与服务质量QoS流的对应关系,其中,所述对应关系指示:所述接入网设备或所述终端根据所述PER,处理所述QoS流对应的所述业务的数据包。The session management network element sends the corresponding relationship between the PER and the quality of service QoS flow to the terminal and/or access network equipment, wherein the corresponding relationship indicates that the access network equipment or the terminal performs the following tasks according to the PER , processing the data packets of the service corresponding to the QoS flow.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法进一步包括:The method according to claim 28 or 29, characterized in that the method further includes:
    终端或接入网设备接收来自所述会话管理网元的PER与QoS流的对应关系;所述PER与业务对应;The terminal or access network device receives the corresponding relationship between the PER and the QoS flow from the session management network element; the PER corresponds to the service;
    所述终端或所述接入网设备根据所述PER,处理所述QoS流对应所述业务的数据包。 The terminal or the access network device processes the data packet of the QoS flow corresponding to the service according to the PER.
PCT/CN2023/080131 2022-03-26 2023-03-07 Communication method and apparatus WO2023185402A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210308243.6 2022-03-26
CN202210308243.6A CN116866986A (en) 2022-03-26 2022-03-26 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023185402A1 true WO2023185402A1 (en) 2023-10-05

Family

ID=88198957

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/080131 WO2023185402A1 (en) 2022-03-26 2023-03-07 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116866986A (en)
WO (1) WO2023185402A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020199733A1 (en) * 2019-03-30 2020-10-08 华为技术有限公司 Strategy control method, device and system
CN113473541A (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-01 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN114244637A (en) * 2019-03-28 2022-03-25 华为技术有限公司 Method, equipment and system for binding charging rules

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114244637A (en) * 2019-03-28 2022-03-25 华为技术有限公司 Method, equipment and system for binding charging rules
WO2020199733A1 (en) * 2019-03-30 2020-10-08 华为技术有限公司 Strategy control method, device and system
CN113473541A (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-01 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON, CHINA TELECOM: "Update Solution for Key Issue 5: NWDAF-Assisted QoS Profile Provisioning", SA WG2 MEETING #128 S2-187197, 5 July 2018 (2018-07-05), XP051470220 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116866986A (en) 2023-10-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN112889254B (en) Method and system for processing data packet by using strategy
US20210337404A1 (en) Service continuity implementation method, apparatus, and system
WO2017201677A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
CN110461027A (en) A kind of network slice selection method and device
WO2021032131A1 (en) User plane information reporting method and apparatus
US20230116578A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US20210112437A1 (en) User Plane QOS Bearer Control Method for 5G Fixed Access
CN114205839A (en) Multi-stream association transmission method, device and system
US20230232270A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining air interface latency
EP4088434A1 (en) Tsc-5g qos mapping with consideration of assistance traffic information and pcc rules for tsc traffic mapping and 5g qos flows binding
US20230050923A1 (en) Media packet transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2023088009A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2023212175A2 (en) Deterministic networks
WO2023185402A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022012361A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN115529637A (en) Communication method, communication device and communication system
EP4030689A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, system, and storage medium
WO2023185598A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023083138A1 (en) Electronic device and method for communication system and storage medium
US20240031861A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2024012376A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus and communication system
US20240031298A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2024055871A1 (en) Data transmission method in communication system, and communication apparatus
WO2024066585A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2023185608A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23777780

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1